TM 1-1740-221-13P TM-3 Army Standard Towing System
TM 1-1740-221-13P TM-3 Army Standard Towing System
TM 1-1740-221-13P TM-3 Army Standard Towing System
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
FOR
WARNING SUMMARY
WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be
understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe these
precautions could result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
PRECAUTIONARY DATA
WARNING
DEATH
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body
to be positioned under these components being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting
equipment for heavy components. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING
EXPLOSION
DO NOT use ether as a starting aid. The engine is equipped with glow plugs. Highly
flammable ether and similar starting aids exposed to these devices can cause a fire or an
explosion.
WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK
Severe burns may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions. Disconnect the
battery connector before removing and installing components. Remove all rings,
watches, and other jewelry when performing maintenance on this equipment. Do not
attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections
of wires until SATS is shut down and batteries are disconnected.
a
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARNING
HYDRAULIC FLUID
Hydraulic fluid is combustible. Do not use or store near flames, sparks, or hot surfaces.
Use only in a well-ventilated area. If hydraulic fluid is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
are released. Prolonged contact with liquid or mist can cause dermatitis and severe skin
irritation. If there is any prolonged contact with skin, wash contacted area with soap and
water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. If liquid contacts eyes,
flush eyes with water immediately. If fluid is swallowed, do not try to vomit; fluid may
enter the lungs and cause severe injury. Get immediate medical attention. When handling
liquid, wear rubber gloves and impervious clothing to minimize contact. If prolonged
contact with mist is likely, wear NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator.
WARNING
FUEL (JP-8)
Fuel (JP-8) vapors create fire and explosion hazards. Do not allow any open flame,
smoking materials, or other potential ignition sources near fuel or the fuel system.
WARNING
SEAT BELTS
To prevent serious injury or death, all passengers on this vehicle must ride in the seats
provided and fasten their safety belts.
WARNING
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling
hazardous materials associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel,
hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol, cleaning solvents, compressed air, and
engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could result in injury
or death. If there is any prolonged contact with skin, wash contacted area with soap and
water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. If liquid contacts eyes,
flush eyes with water immediately. If fluid is swallowed, do not try to vomit; fluid may
enter the lungs and cause severe injury. Get immediate medical attention. When handling
liquid, wear rubber gloves and impervious clothing to minimize contact. If prolonged
contact with mist is likely, wear NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator.
WARNING
DANGEROUS GASES
Batteries generate explosive gas during charging: therefore, utilize extreme caution, do
not smoke, or use open flame in the vicinity of the SATS vehicle when servicing batteries.
Exhaust discharge contains noxious and deadly flames and is very hot. Do not operate
SATS vehicle in enclosed areas unless exhaust discharge is properly vented to the
outside.
To avoid sparking between filler nozzle and fuel tank, always maintain metal to metal
contact between filler nozzle and fuel tank when filling fuel tank. Don’t smoke or use open
flame in the vicinity of the SATS vehicle while refueling.
b
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARNING
CLEANING COMPOUND SOLVENT, MIL-PRF-680
Cleaning Compound Solvent, MIL-PRF-680, is combustible and toxic to eyes, skin, and
respiratory tract. Wear protective gloves and goggles/face shield. Avoid repeated or
prolonged contact. Use only in well-ventilated areas (or use approved respirator as
determined by local safety/industrial hygiene personnel). Keep away from open flames or
other sources of ignition. When using solvents, clean parts in a well-ventilated area.
Avoid inhalation of solvent fumes and prolonged exposure to skin to cleaning solvent.
Wash exposed skin thoroughly. Cleaning compound solvent (MIL-PRF-680) used to
clean parts is potentially dangerous to personnel and property. Do not use near open
fame or excessive heat. Flash point of solvent is 100 ° to 138 °F (38° to 59 °C).
WARNING
HEARING LOSS
The use of HEARING PROTECTION is required while the vehicles engine is operating
and the engine cover is open or removed. The engine noise decibel level exceeds the
limits of safety standards prescribed by OSHA.
WARNING
WHOLE BODY VIBRATION
Do not operate vehicle for more than 3 continuous hours. Minor body injury may occur.
c /d blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 26 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK
PACKAGES IS 128 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
A
TM 1-1740-221-163&P
B
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
TECHNICAL MANUAL
i/ii blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING SUMMARY
WP SEQUENCE NUMBER
iii
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
iv
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
vi
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
vii
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
viii
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
ix
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
x
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) WP SEQUENCE NUMBER
Figure 93. Hydraulic Hose/Tube Assemblies ............................................................................ WP 0122
Figure 94. Steer Cylinder ........................................................................................................... WP 0122
Figure 95. Hydraulic Tank Assembly ......................................................................................... WP 0122
Figure 96. Orbital Valve ............................................................................................................. WP 0122
Figure 97. Pintle Hitch Assembly............................................................................................... WP 0122
Figure 98. Springs ..................................................................................................................... WP 0122
Figure 99. Shock Absorber ........................................................................................................ WP 0122
Figure 100. Fire Extinguisher .................................................................................................... WP 0122
Figure 101. Engine Cover and Access Panels .......................................................................... WP 0122
Figure 102. Seat and Seat Belt ................................................................................................. WP 0122
Figure 103. Mirrors .................................................................................................................... WP 0122
Figure 104. Data Plates ............................................................................................................. WP 0122
National Stock Number Index .................................................................................................... WP 0122
Parts Number Index ................................................................................................................... WP 0122
xi/xii blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Front Matter
The front matter includes such items as the Warning Summary, List of Effective Pages, Table of Contents
and How to Use instructions.
Chapter 1 – General Information, Equipment Description, and Theory of Operation. Information required
providing the user with a physical and functionally explaining how the equipment operates.
Chapter 2 – Operator Instructions. This chapter provides a description of the operator controls and
indicators and provides instructions for operating the equipment in detail.
Chapter 3 – Troubleshooting Procedures. The troubleshooting procedures are presented according to
the fault symptoms observed during the operational check procedures in Chapter 4.
Chapter 4 – Maintenance Instructions. This chapter provides information on performing preventive and
corrective maintenance actions. Included are instructions concerning inspection, preventive maintenance
checks and services, operational check and repair actions including subassembly/component removal
installation procedures.
Chapter 5 – Maintenance Instructions. This chapter provides information to support the inspection
procedures in Chapter 4. Included are a list of Work Packages used to perform maintenance actions on
the SATS vehicle and several supporting work packages.
Chapter 6 – Parts Information. This chapter provides information on components used in repair
procedures for the SATS. Part numbers, stock numbers and cage codes when applicable are used by the
maintainer to gain access to inventory in the Army supply system.
Chapter 7 – Supporting Information. This chapter provides support information used by operators and
maintainers. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), Expendables and Durable Items List, Standard
Torque Chart and additional support information is provided.
CHAPTER1
GENERALINFORAMTION,EQUIPMENTDESCRIPTIONANDTHEORYOF
OPERATION
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0001 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
This technical manual contains instructions for operation and maintenance of the MT3 Standard Aircraft
Towing System (SATS).
0001-1
0001 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARRANTY INFORMATION
The Standard Aircraft Towing System (SATS) is warranted for two (2) years. The warranty starts on the
date found in block 23 of DA Form 2408-9, Equipment Control Record. Report all defects to your
supervisor, who will take appropriate action.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS
The following abbreviations/acronyms are used in the manual.
AGSE Aviation Ground Support Equipment
CCA Cold Cranking Amps
GMTK General Mechanic’s Tool Kit
SATS Standard Automotive Tool System
NBC Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SATS Standard Aircraft Towing System
PSI Pounds Per Square Inch
0001-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0002 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
Intended Use
The MT3 SATS is a towing vehicle capable of repositioning Army aircraft while transporting two crew
members, a standard aircraft towing bar, aircraft ground handling wheels, and two NATS toolboxes (or
equivalent). The MT3 SATS provides Army aviation units with a standardized, all weather, day or night
capability to quickly, safely, and efficiently reposition Army aircraft and AGSE.
0002-1
0002 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Transmission
The ITL Model PS750 Powershift automatic provides one reverse and two forward speed ranges.
Forward and reverse speed ranges are obtained through the use of electrically controlled solenoids and
hydraulically actuated multiple disc clutches.
The power from the engine is transmitted to the transmission through a torque converter. The use of the
torque converter has two distinct advantages, one is the converter is essentially a fluid drive, there is no
direct mechanical connection. This feature creates smooth and shock free drive eliminating engine
stalling and lugging.
An input clutch assembly contains two hydraulically operated clutches; one clutch provides a forward low
ratio drive and the other a forward high ratio drive. A three-position solenoid is energized by the shift lever
to direct pressurized oil to either the forward low or the forward high clutch.
Likewise, when the shift lever is used to select reverse, the three-position solenoid is energized to direct
pressurized oil to reverse clutch.
The transmission park position is achieved by an electric actuator operating a caliper on the brake disc
mounted to the transmission output shaft whenever the shift lever is placed in Park. When the shift lever
is moved out of Park the electric actuator releases this caliper.
Lubrication System
An oil pump draws oil through a strainer in the oil pan and circulates the oil through the engine. Before
entering the engine, all the oil from the pump passes through the oil filter. Surplus oil drains back into the
pan. Engine oil pressure is maintained by a spring-loaded, pressure-relief valve in the oil pump.
The screw-on oil filter has an internal relief valve to bypass the filter if the element becomes clogged.
Fuel System
A lift pump draws fuel from the fuel tank through a fuel water separator. This fuel water separator has a
manual lift pump on it. Fuel is delivered through an inline fuel filter and then a final filter mounted on the
engine. The fuel exits the final fuel filter and flows to the four injectors.
Exhaust System
The exhaust system consists of an exhaust manifold, exhaust pipe, muffler, and tail pipe. The exhaust
manifold has large radius curves which permit exhaust gases to leave the cylinders with a minimum of
back pressure and power loss. All parts of the exhaust system are well supported with clamps and
hangers.
Electrical System
Battery. The batteries are conventional 12-volt maintenance free type with a positive cable and a negative
ground cable. The batteries are connected in parallel. Each battery has a minimum 800 CCA. The cables
have protective boots at the battery end.
Alternator. Electrical power is supplied by a belt-driven 90 amp alternator mounted on the front of the
engine. It produces three-phase alternating current and voltage, rectified to DC. The alternator does not
require a cutout relay.
0002-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0002 00
A current regulator is part of the alternator assembly. It determines output current according to load, such
as headlights, rear lights, etc.
Starter. A starter lockout switch prevents starter and ring gear damage when engine is running. Tractor
starts only in Park. All circuits are protected with circuit breakers and/or fuses.
The starter motor is a gear reduction type and is used to turn the engine fast enough to start the engine.
Lights and Accessories. Two headlights are on the front of the tractor. The stop/tail lights and rear backup
lights are in the rear body. The backup lights can also be used as work lights (there is a separate switch
for this purpose). Turn signal lights are below the headlights on the front and combined with taillights on
the rear.
Dash Panel
The dash panel is a NEMA 4, rain tight enclosure with automotive type instrumentation. Indicator lights
are provided to give visual status of various operations and functions. A rotary dimmer switch allows
varying the back light intensity of the instrumentation. Indicator lights are “iris” adjustable type to vary the
intensity of the light.
Axles
Front and rear brakes are driven and contain wet disc packs for service brakes. Front axles are steerable.
Brake System
Service Brake. Brakes are four wheel service brakes. Dual brake system serves front and rear wheels
independently. In the event of an engine failure, braking is still by application of the service brake pedal.
The brake pedal is located on the floor, to the right of the steering column. The service brakes, both front
and rear, are “wet” disc type, fully enclosed and oil cooled. They will withstand repetitive use without
excessive fading, provide short stopping distances, and are spark free.
Parking Brake. The parking disc brake is located on the transmission output shaft. It is applied manually
with the park brake lever. The park brake should always be applied and released as required. An
indicator light on the dash will come on whenever the parking brake is applied.
Steering System
The system is hydraulically assisted orbital and uses a single hydraulic cylinder built into the front axle to
pivot the wheel hubs. A hydraulic reservoir is provided for hydraulic oil supply and an engine driven pump
provides hydraulic pressure.
In case of engine failure, emergency steering is manual only, and will only be possible if the tow tractor is
rolling.
TOW TRACTOR
Type of Vehicle: All Wheel Drive, Model MT3 Towing Tractor
Gross Weight (Approx) 9950 lb
Drawbar Pull (on improved surfaces) 8000 lb
Speed in D1 Loaded 5 mph
Speed in D2 Empty 17 mph
Fuel Tank Capacity 20 gal. (76 L)
0002-3
0002 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
ENGINE
Model Kubota V3600-T-E3b
Type 4 Cycle Diesel
Emissions Tier 3
Displacement 221ci (3.6l)
Hp @2600 Rpm 84
Torque, Peak 212 ft-lb @ 1600 rpm
Number of Cylinders 4
Aspiration Turbocharged
Dry Weight 606 lb
Hydraulic Pump Direct Driven
TRANSMISSION
Make ITL, Four Speed Fully Automatic
Type Power Shift W/Torque Converter
Model PS750
Control ECU
Park (P), Reverse (R), Neutral (N), D1 (low range),
Selectable Ranges
D2 (hi range)
AXLES, SUSPENSION
Axles ITL Model SD40
Front Axle Steering Single Steer Cylinder
Rear Axle Limited Slip
Weight w/o Wheels 540 lb
Input Yoke 1480
Mounting Pad Mounted to Leaf Springs
Wheel Bolt 3/4-UNF 4 Bolt
Suspension Front and Rear Leaf Springs W/Shock Absorbers
TIRES
Tire LT225/75R16 - 10 PR, Tubeless
Inflation Pressure 80 psi
BRAKES, SERVICE
Application Hydraulic, Foot Operated
Type Oil Immersed Multi-Plate Disc Located in Axles
Power Hydraulic Assist, Non Powered
BRAKE, PARK POSITION
Application Applied with gear selector in the Park Position
Type Caliper actuated on Transmission output disc
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (12 Volts)
Alternator Output 90 amps, current regulated
Batteries (2), Maintenance Free 800 CCA, Connected in parallel
INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS
Dash Panel Raintight, NEMA 4 enclosure
Gauges and Switches Automotive type, weather resistant
0002-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0002 00
0002-5 /6 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0003 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THEORY OF OPERATION
INTRODUCTION
The MT3 tow vehicle was designed for the primary function of towing and repositioning of Army Aircraft
and Aviation Ground Support Equipment (AGSE). The operation of the MT3 tow vehicle does not require
any unique skills more than the operation of standard automotive controls.
The MT3 was developed as a small to mid-range tow vehicle with a drawbar pull of 8000 lb and a work
deck for use as a multi-purpose vehicle. It is a 4-wheel drive, rubber wheeled tow vehicle with main
components of a welded frame structure, Kubota 3.6L Turbo Tier 3 compliant engine that is Jet-A
compatible and coupled with an automatic 4-speed forward electronic shift transmission.
The SATS vehicle includes automotive style lighting, turn signals, and safety belts.
The braking system includes dual master cylinder with a pressure differential brake valve with red warning
indicator light which illuminates if there is a loss of brake pressure in the front or rear brakes for safe
operation.
The steering system is backed up by steering orbital valve that provides steering if the hydraulic pressure
is lost.
It includes an audible warning for reverse operation and interlocks that require the park brake to be
engaged and gear shifter in park to start the engine. It is designed to operate from -25 to 125 °F (52 to -
32 °C).
This work package explains how the components and systems of the MT3 work together. A functional
description is provided for each major system.
The MT3 tow vehicle consists of the following functional systems:
• Drive Train
• Fuel System
• Air Intake System
• Brake System
• Exhaust System
• Cooling System
• Instrumentation
• Hitches
• Steering System
• Electrical System
DRIVE TRAIN
The drive train of the MT3 consists of a Kubota V3600-T-E3b engine and an ITL Model PS750 fully
automatic transmission that is connected to driveshaft’s that connect to ITL Model SD40 axles with front
axle steering with single steer cylinder.
The engine is 4-cycle diesel Tier 3 with four in-line cylinders. It generates 84 horsepower at a governed
speed of 2600 rpm. Coupled with the ITL automatic transmission, it provides power to handle all
requirements of the tow vehicle’s mission. The MT3 tow vehicle provides Army aviation units with a
standardized, all weather, day or night capability to quickly, safely, and efficiently reposition Army aircraft
and AGSE.
A preheat (glow plug) system assists in cold-weather starting below 23 °F (-5 °C) as well as an engine
block heater for extreme cold operation.
The transmission is coupled with a torque converter which provides one reverse and one forward speed
in D1 and three forward speeds in D2. Forward and reverse speed ranges are obtained through the use
of electrically controlled solenoids and hydraulically actuated multiple disc clutches.
FUEL SYSTEM
The fuel system uses a mechanical lift pump to draw fuel from the fuel tank through a fuel water
separator. The fuel water separator is equipped with a manual push button primer pump used to remove
air from fuel lines during the air bleed process. Fuel is delivered from the mechanical pump through a
0003-1
0003 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
filter mounted on the engine. The fuel exits the fuel filter and enters the injection pump and then to the
four injectors.
Fuel for combustion is supplied by the low-pressure fuel system. The low-pressure fuel system also
supplies excess fuel flow to cool the HEUI injectors and to remove air from the system. Components of
the low-pressure system are:
• Fuel tank (20 gal (76 L) capacity)
• Fuel water separator and fuel filter
• Mechanical fuel transfer pump
• Fuel pressure regulator (Controls fuel flow back to the fuel tank).
BRAKE SYTEM
The MT3 tow vehicle is equipped with a service brake system that controls pressure application to the
front and rear axles. This dual brake system serves front and rear wheels independently. In the event of
an engine failure, braking is still by application of the service brake pedal. The service brakes, front and
rear, are “wet” disc type, fully enclosed and oil cooled. They withstand repetitive use without excessive
fading, provide short stopping distances, and are spark free. They are operated by a floor-mounted brake
pedal to the right of the steering column.
The MT3 is equipped with a hand brake that actuates a caliper located on the transmission output shaft
disc. It is applied and released manually.
The MT3 is also equipped with a park position motor that engages a caliper also located on the
transmission output shaft disc when gear shifter is placed in the park position and disengages the caliper
when the gear shifter is moved from the park position.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system consists of an exhaust manifold, exhaust pipe, muffler, and tail pipe. Exhaust gases
are removed from the engine through the exhaust manifold which has large radius curves which permit
exhaust gases to leave the cylinders with a minimum of back pressure and power loss. The gases flow
into exhaust pipes and a muffler to the atmosphere above and to the right side of the cab.
The exhaust manifold and all parts of the exhaust system are well supported with clamps and hangers.
COOLING SYSTEM
The MT3 is equipped with an radiator and cooling fan to provide engine cooling. The radiator is insulated
from vibration by rubber radiator isolator mounts.
An oil cooler is mounted to the front side of the radiator to provide transmission cooling.
The cooling system cools the engine by circulating (water pump) ethylene glycol-based coolant through
the engine and radiator.
INSTRUMENTATION
The dash panel is a NEMA 4, rain tight enclosure with automotive type instrumentation. Indicator lights
are provided to give visual status of various operations and functions.
HITCHES
A Holland PH-30SA41 hitch with swivel w/spring cushion is mounted at the front and rear of the vehicle.
Drawbar eye dimensions are 2” to 3” ID w/1.25” to 1.63” Ø section with a drawbar pull of 8000 lb.
0003-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0003 00
STEERING SYSTEM
The power steering system (Figure 1) uses a gear pump to move hydraulic fluid from the hydraulic tank to
the steering components as needed. The system uses a hydraulically assisted orbital valve to direct
pressure to a single steering cylinder mounted on front axle to pivot the wheel hubs. Steering linkage
connects to the left side of the ITL Model SD40 front steer axle.
0003-3
0003 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CAUTION
The SATS operates on a 12 volt negative ground system. Do not jumpstart or slave with a 24 volt system.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The electrical system (FO-1) consists of two 12-volt maintenance free batteries connected in parallel to
provide the cranking amps necessary for starting. Electrical power to keep the batteries charged is
supplied by a belt-driven 90 amp alternator mounted on the front of the engine. It produces three-phase
alternating current and voltage, rectified to DC. The alternator does not require a cutout relay. A current
regulator is an integral part of the alternator. This current regulator determines output current depending
on the load, such as headlights, rear lights, etc.
The starter motor is a gear reduction type and is used to turn the engine fast enough to start the engine.
A starter lockout switch prevents starter and ring gear damage when engine is running. The vehicle starts
only in park and the hand brake engaged. All circuits are protected with circuit breakers and/or fuses.
Two headlights are on the front of the vehicle. The stop/tail lights and rear backup lights are in the rear.
Turn signal lights are below the headlights on the front and combined with the taillights on the rear.
When the ignition switch is placed in the start position, battery power is applied to the starter relay (SR)
(FO-1, line 9) as long as the starter interlock relay (CRSI) is energized (handbrake lever engaged) and
the park relay (CRS) is energized (transmission shifter in the park position).
With the start relay (SR) energized a set of contacts (FO-1, line 2) is closed which applies power to the
pull side of the fuel solenoid (max fuel position) and applies power to the starter solenoid which when
energized closes the starter motor contacts allowing the Kubota engine to be started.
Ignition switch in the run position, power is applied through a 5 amp fuse 7FU to the operator panel
indicator lights and gauges. With power applied to this circuit, the following occurs:
0003-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0003 00
The following is a brief description of the various relays used to control various electrical circuits on the
SATS vehicle.
When de-energized (hand brake lever released), the hand brake relay contacts switch positions which
allows the transmission to be engaged.
0003-5
0003 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
HORN CIRCUIT
Power is applied through a 5 amp fuse (11FU) to a horn located under the front of the vehicle. A push
button horn switch located on the steering wheel provides ground to energize the horn when pressed.
HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT
Power is applied through a 20 amp fuse (12FU) to the headlight switch (SW3) located on the operator
dash panel. With the headlight switch in the on position power is applied through the headlight dimmer
switch to turn on either the high or low beam lights. If the dimmer switch is in the high beam position
power is also applied to the high beam indicator (PL4) located on the operator dash panel.
PARKING LIGHTS
Power is applied through a 20 amp fuse (12FU) to the headlight switch (SW3) located on the operator
panel. With the headlight switch on power is applied to both right and left front parking lights.
TAIL LIGHTS
Power is applied through a 20 amp fuse (13FU) to the lower portion of the headlight switch (SW3). With
the headlight switch on power is applied to the left and right rear tail lights.
0003-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0003 00
GAUGE LIGHTS
Power is applied through a 20 amp fuse (13FU) to the gauge light dimmer rheostat (FO-1, Line 60)
located on the operator dash panel. The operator uses the rheostat to light up the operator dash panel
gauges during night operations.
The turn signal flasher relay receives power from the 20 amp fuse (13FU) and operates the appropriate
turn signals through the turn signal switch (SW-5).
WORK LIGHTS
Power is applied through a 20 amp fuse (13FU) to the work light switch (SW6) located on the operator
dash panel. When the work light switch is turned on power is applied to the work lights at the rear of the
vehicle for night time operations.
0003-7/8 blank
CHAPTER2
OPERATORINSTRUCTIONS
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0004 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
INTRODUCTION
The following tables and illustrations provide description and use of the controls and indicators pertaining
to the dash panel, accelerator pedal, brake pedal, high/low beam switch, and seats.
Dash Panel
All driver instruments are conveniently located on the dash panel.
Accelerator Pedal
The accelerator pedal is to the right of the brake pedal on the floor board.
Brake Pedal
The brake pedal is to the left of the accelerator pedal on the floor board. In the event of an engine failure,
braking is still by application of the brake pedal.
High/Low Beam Switch
The High/Low beam switch is a floor-mounted switch and toggles the high-beam lights on/off.
Seats
The operator and passenger seats are adjustable for fore and aft, backrest inclination, and for body
weight. Each seat position is provided with hip guards.
0004-1
0004 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
1 High Beam Indicator When lit, indicates the high beam lights are in use.
3 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Shows the coolant temperature in the engine’s water
jacket. The gauge needle should rise when the engine is
started, then level out at between 160 °F and 200 °F as
the engine warms up. If the needle goes beyond 210 °F,
stop the engine and check for a cooling system problem.
4 Oil Pressure Gauge Indicates oil pressure only (not oil level). It is marked 0 to
100 PSI with intermediate index marks. If the gauge
registers less than 20 psi or more than 60 PSI at
operating rpm, stop the engine and troubleshoot the
cause.
5 Transmission Temperature Gauge Shows the temperature of the transmission fluid. Normal
operating temperature is in the 160 to 200 °F range. If
the needle goes past 250 °F, stop the engine and
troubleshoot the cause.
11 Headlight/Tail Light Switch Turns on low beam headlights and the tail lights.
12 Fuel Gauge Shows the amount of fuel in the fuel tank. A sending unit
in the tank is connected to the gauge. The gauge is
marked 0, 2/4, and 4/4 to indicate the relative quantity of
fuel in the tank. Be sure you have sufficient fuel to
complete your planned operation.
0004-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0004 00
13 Hour Meter Registers how many hours the engine has operated. It is
sealed and can record 99999.9 hours before it returns to
zero.
14 Ignition Switch A rotary type with OFF, RUN, and START positions.
15 Park Brake Applied Indicator Indicates that the park brake is engaged.
18 Engine Warning Low Oil Pressure Indicates the engine oil is low.
Indicator
0004-3
0004 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
1 High/Low Beam Switch Switches the headlight from high to low beam.
0004-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0004 00
1 Back Adjust Lever Allows the operator to adjust the lumbar support of the seat.
2 Fore/Aft Lever Allows the operator to move the seat forward and backward in a range
from 0 to 4.5 in.
3 Weight Adjust Knob Allows the operator to adjust the seat for weight in a range from 110 to
320 lb.
0004-5 /6 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0005 00
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Operator will conduct a review of the forms to ensure no entries exist that will preclude operation. Perform
all BEFORE, DURING and AFTER operation checks as outlined in the PMC prior to, during, and after
operation of the vehicle.
Table 1. Operator Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for MT3 SATS Tow Tractor
8 Before Throttle System Check throttle reservoir for proper fluid Throttle reservoir level low, slave
level, throttle slave cylinder and return cylinder leaking, missing or
spring for mount security, lines and broken return spring or damage
components for leaks (WP 0107). affecting serviceability.
0005-1
0005 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Check for missing or loose wheel studs and Any wheel stud or lug nut loose or
lug nuts. Tighten loose lug nuts and have missing or any tire rims bent
unit maintenance torque to proper value. excessively or cracked wheel
Check wheels for bent or cracked rims. assemblies.
17 Before Mirrors Check for mount security, broken or Mirrors are missing or damaged.
missing mirrors. Adjust as necessary.
18 Before Pintle Hitch Inspect pintle hitch for mount security, Loose mount bolts, damaged
proper latching and ensure the presence of hitch or missing cotter pins/height
height adjustment pins to include retaining adjustment pins renders the
cotter pins. (WP 0005 & WP 0086) vehicle inoperable.
19 Before Fire Check that fire extinguisher is present and Is extinguisher is missing,
Extinguisher mounted properly. Check gauge for damaged or is discharged.
adequate charge (WP 0089).
20 Before Seat and Seat Check all seatbelts for security, damage, and If seatbelt is missing or damaged.
Belts operation of buckle and clasp ends.
(WP 0087/0088)
Check operation of seat adjusting mechanism Seat adjustment lock is broken or
(driver’s seat only). missing.
21 Before Instrument Visually check the instrument panel for Replace or repair before
Panel broken gauges, lights and switches. operation.
0005-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0005 00
24 During Steering Check for smooth, controlled steering without Steering is erratic. Handling is
pulling or drifting. Be alert for vibration, unstable; turning is difficult or free
excessive sway and unstable handling. play, binding, or shimmy
Check steering response for unusual free detected.
play, binding, or shimmy (WP 0005).
25 During Accelerator Check response to accelerator foot pedal. Pedal sticking or binding.
Pedal Check for sticking/binding pedal (WP 0005).
26 During Drive-train Monitor vehicle operation for unusual noises Unusual noise or vibration
or vibrations from engine, transmission, drive- detected.
shaft, or wheels (WP 0005).
27 During Transmission Check the transmission gear selector works Transmission slips or will not
properly, transmission for slippage, engaging engage or shift properly.
or shifting problems (WP 0005).
28 During Vehicle for fluid Be alert for burning scents or smoke, monitor No fuel leaks are permissible.
leaks gauges which can provide evidence of Class III engine oil, coolant,
unobserved leaks (WP 0005). transmission, brakes, or any other
evidence of excessive fluid leaks.
29 After Transmission Check transmission fluid level (WP 0036) Transmission fluid level does not
Fluid Level immediately after shut down. Service as fall in operating range.
Check necessary
30 After Coolant Level Check overflow bottle coolant level is Coolant level is low.
Check between the minimum and maximum marks
(WP 0045).
31 After Engine Oil Check engine oil level, service as If oil level does not fall within
Level necessary (WP 0025). operating range.
32 After Fuel Level Check fuel level on the gauge or at tank. Fuel level inadequate.
Service as necessary.
33 After Brake Check brake reservoirs for proper fluid level Brake reservoir fluid level low.
Reservoirs (WP 0074).
34 After Hydraulic Tank Check hydraulic tank for proper fluid level Hydraulic tank fluid level low.
(Steering) (WP 0111)
0005-3
0005 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
OPERATION PROCEDURES
WARNING
DO NOT use ether as a starting aid. The engine is equipped with glow plugs. Highly flammable ether and
similar starting aids exposed to these devices can cause a fire or an explosion.
NOTE
Transmission gear selector must be in the PARK position and the handbrake ENGAGED or the vehicle
will not start.
3. If necessary, hold the glow plug switch (Figure 1, Item 12) in the up position until indicator light,
(Figure 1, Item 5) is illuminated, and allow the glow plugs to heat for the appropriate duration
(Table 1).
4. Release Glow Plug switch.
NOTE
If the engine does not start within 20 seconds, return the start switch to the off position. Allow starter to
cool for 1 minute before attempting a re-start. If engine fails to start on the second attempt, turn off switch
and troubleshoot the engine start fault.
5. Rotate the Ignition Switch (Figure 1, Item 17) to the START position and hold until engine
cranks, release the start switch (switch is spring loaded to the RUN position).
0005-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0005 00
END OF TASK
0005-5
0005 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARNING
To prevent serious injury, all riders must ride in the passenger seat with the safety belt fastened.
CAUTION
Always check local ordinances before driving a vehicle on public roads or streets. Comply with all
regulations and obey all traffic signs to prevent an accident.
Be extremely alert during hazardous operating conditions. Operating conditions can change as work
progresses and as weather changes.
Always approach turns slowly and carefully. When approaching blind corners or steering around
obstructions, reduce speed and proceed cautiously.
1. Position the driver’s seat and fasten your seat belt. Passengers require seat belt usage.
2. Turn on the headlights (Figure 1, Item 14).
3. When the engine is warmed up, the vehicle is ready for work.
4. During operation monitor all operator panel gauges and warning lights.
5. Apply foot pressure to the service brake pedal.
6. Release or disengage the hand brake.
NOTE
Selecting D1 allows the transmission to remain in low range for the duration of operation. D1 and Reverse
is used to tow aircraft. Selecting D2 (transport) allows the transmission to automatically shift to high-
speed range when the load permits.
The vehicle is equipped with a throttle verification switch. If D2 is selected and the vehicle begins to
accelerate by gravity on downhill inclines, this switch will not allow the transmission to automatically up
shift if the accelerator is released.
CAUTION
When towing, allow vehicle to decelerate by releasing accelerator pedal before applying foot brake.
When driving or towing, avoid the tendency to over steer and turn too sharply. Allow enough clearance for
the load being towed.
9. To stop vehicle, remove your foot from the accelerator and smoothly place pressure on the brake
to bring the vehicle to a stop.
WARNING
Be sure that the shift control lever is secure in the park detent and the park brake is applied to prevent
unintended movement that could result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
The hand brake is designed to hold the vehicle after it has come to a complete stop. It is not to be used to
stop the vehicle.
0005-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0005 00
10. With the vehicle completely stopped, keep pressure on the service brake pedal, place shift lever
in the Park position and apply or engage the hand brake.
END OF TASK
CAUTION
On the aircraft or equipment being towed, ensure the tow bar (if possible) is flat on the surface before
positioning the vehicle.
Before using pintle hitch, inspect for proper operation; worn, damaged, or missing parts; and secure
mounting. Correct any defects found.
WARNING
Two person lift is required for adjustment of front and rear towing hitches. One person will use both hands
to hold center bar while second person adjust pins. Hitch side weights 78 lbs, when adjusting height avoid
all pinch areas.
7. Set position of pintle hitch by removing the retaining pin from the ring pin on both sides of the
hitch frame. Lift the weight off the hitch and remove the ring pins. Move the hitch up or down as
required. Align the nearest holes and reinsert the ring pins. Secure ring pins with retaining pins.
8. Open the latch by lifting the latch handle.
9. Position the tow bar eye over the hook of the pintle and lower into place.
CAUTION
DO NOT strike on any part of the pintle hook or latch during hookup or damage the latching mechanism
may occur.
10. Push the pintle latch closed. When locked, the latch handle will rotate and move up until it is flush
with the top of the latch.
11. Board vehicle.
12. Apply foot pressure to the service brake pedal.
13. Release or disengage the hand brake.
14. Place the gearshift lever in the desired position (R, D1 or D2).
15. Release service brake foot pressure and press the accelerator.
16. Drive vehicle to the desired location and proceed as necessary maneuvering the SATS vehicle.
END OF TASK
WARNING
Always set the gear selector to park and engage the hand brake when parking the machine. Failure to
apply the hand brake and placing the gear selector to “park” could allow unexpected movement resulting
in crushing injury or death.
0005-7
0005 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
1. Bring vehicle to a safe and complete stop and apply the hand brake while still holding foot
pressure on the service brakes.
2. Place gear shift lever in Park and wait 3 seconds. This allows the transmission to disengage and
the park brake to engage.
3. Engage the Hand Brake.
4. Turn off all lights.
CAUTION
Failure to allow the engine to cool properly prior to engine shut down will cause premature turbocharger
damage and or failure.
5. If the engine has been used at full load, allow it to cool for 3-5 minutes at idle. Failure to do this
will result in turbocharger damage.
6. It is now safe to turn off the ignition switch (Figure 1, Item 17) and exit the tow vehicle.
7. Perform AFTER operation PMCS this work package.
8. Document any vehicle discrepancies on the DA Form 2404.
END OF TASK
WARNING
Removal or disconnection of the drive shafts will disable the park brake. It is essential that the following
procedure be followed.
4. Position vehicle on firm level ground and block wheels securely to prevent any movement.
5. Release park brake.
6. Disconnect drive shafts (WP 0070) from axles and tie up shafts securely well clear of rotating axle
yokes, or remove them completely.
7. Connect towing vehicle to vehicle before removing blocks from wheels. Restrict the towing speed
to 5 mph.
8. When towing is complete, block wheels securely before removing tow bar and reconnecting drive
shafts and set hand brake.
END OF TASK
0005-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0006 00
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Operator will conduct a review of the forms to ensure no entries exist that will preclude operation. Perform
all BEFORE, DURING and AFTER operation checks as outlined in the PMCS prior to, during, and after
operation of the vehicle, WP 0017.
END OF TASK
WARNING
It is essential for personnel to read and understand the Technical Manual (TM) before operating this
machine. Failure to follow the safety instructions could result in serious injury or death.
INTRODUCTION
This work package provides operation instructions for the MT3 SATS under unusual conditions. The
discussions include operating the MT3 SATS in extreme heat, in extreme cold, in salt water areas, in
dusty, sandy, or snowy conditions, high altitudes, and in windy conditions.
UNUSUAL ENVIRONMENT/WEATHER
1. No special procedures are required when operating at extreme hot temperatures of 159.8 °F
(71 °C) or below.
2. Airflow should circulate freely around engine.
Fuel System
Do not over service SATS fuel tank. Allow sufficient room for expansion. Ensure the fuel is clean, and not
contaminated with water. Any water that forms in the fuel tank will be carried to the fuel/water separator. It
may be necessary to drain the fuel/water separator more frequently under extreme heat conditions. If fuel
tank contamination is suspected, drain the tank.
0006-1
0006 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Paint pitting and blistering will occur in hot climates. Spot paint heat damaged exterior as necessary to
protect from heat deterioration.
Extreme cold will cause lubricants to thicken or congeal; freeze batteries or prevent them from furnishing
sufficient amperage for cold weather starting; crack insulation and cause electrical short circuits; prevent
fuel from vaporizing and properly combining with air to form a combustible mixture for starting. Extreme
cold will also cause the various materials or components to become hard, brittle, and easily damaged or
broken. The operator must always be on the alert for any indication of the effects of cold weather on the
SATS. The operator must be very cautious when starting, towing, or operating the SATS after a shutdown
for extended periods of time. Congealed lubricants may cause failure of parts. Tires may be frozen to the
ground or frozen in the shape of a flat spot while under-inflated. Brake part may freeze and stick in the on
or off position. All of these conditions must be taken into account while operating the SATS in extreme
cold climates.
Engine
The engine is equipped with an engine block heater located on the right side of the engine. Plug the block
heater into a standard electrical outlet using an extension cord. This device will heat the engine oil which
will aid during engine startup.
Parking
Park the SATS (if possible) in a sheltered spot, out of the wind, when not in use. For longer shutdown
periods, if high and dry ground is not available, park on a footing of wooden planks. Chock in place if
necessary. Also, under conditions below -25 °F (-32 °C), exercise care; park the vehicle on a level
surface to relieve distortion or body twist.
Battery
Ensure that battery is fully charged at all times. The battery should be removed and stored in a warm
place if the SATS is not in use.
Electrical System
Remove ice and snow from electrical components and wiring prior to starting the engine. Try not to move
wiring when cleaning since it becomes brittle with extreme cold temperature.
Exhaust System
Prior to starting the SATS in extreme cold temperatures, ensure the exhaust is clear and unobstructed.
If possible remove ice from the air intake before starting the SATS. Failure to do this may result in the
vehicle not starting.
0006-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0006 00
Fuel System
Service the fuel tank at more frequent intervals during extreme cold temperatures. Keep the fuel tank full
during period of nonuse to prevent condensation inside the fuel tank.
Salt water causes higher levels of corrosion on metal surfaces. Care must be taken to avoid contact with
salt water. If the unit is exposed to salt water or spray, wash the unit thoroughly with clean, fresh water.
Protection
Keep unit clean, and free from dirt and grease that can trap salt water. If possible, wash unit down with
fresh water weekly.
Salt water causes corrosion. Examine all harness connectors for corrosion. Report any corrosion to
immediate supervisor.
Keep all doors closed, and access covers installed. Keep the unit as clean as possible, paying special
attention to air cleaner, electrical controls, and moveable parts.
Lubrication
In dusty or sandy areas, filters and strainers must be serviced more frequently than under normal
conditions. Change engine oil, hydraulic oil and filters more frequently in dusty areas. Clean all lubrication
points carefully before and after lubrication. Be sure that all lubricant containers are tightly sealed and
stored in an area as free from dust and sand as possible.
Fuel System
Take all necessary precautions to keep dirt and grit out of the fuel tank. Fuel filters should be serviced
more frequently.
END OF TASK
0006-3 /4 blank
CHAPTER3
TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURES
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0007 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
MALFUNCTION PROCEDURE
ENGINE
1. Engine Will Not Crank………………………………………………………………….. WP 0008 00
2. Engine Cranks, Will Not Start…………………………………………………………. WP 0008 00
3. Engine Cranks, Will Not Start In Cold Weather (Fuel Supply Good)……………… WP 0008 00
4. Engine Starts, But Immediately Shuts Down With Engine Switch Is In…………. WP 0008 00
The Run Position
5. Engine Starter Cranks, Fails To Engage Flywheel Properly……………………….. WP 0008 00
6. Engine Starter Fails To Disengage…………………………………………………… WP 0008 00
7. Engine RPM Will Not Return to Idle Position……………………… ………………… WP 0008 00
8. Engine Has Low Power, Air Filter Not Clogged…………………… ………………… WP 0008 00
9. Engine Runs Hot………………………………………………………………………… WP 0008 00
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
1. Alternator Output Low or High………………………………………………….………. WP 0009 00
2. Dash Panel Gauges Inoperative …...………………………………………………….. WP 0009 00
3. Hour Meter Inoperative With Engine Running, Other Gauges Working…………… WP 0009 00
4. Low Oil Pressure Light Remains On With Engine Running.……………………….. WP 0009 00
5. Engine Coolant Temperature 220 Degrees, No Warning Light.………………….. WP 0009 00
6. Engine Over-Temperature Warning Light Illuminates, Temp Normal…………….. WP 0009 00
7. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Inoperative, Temp Normal…….……………. WP 0009 00
8. Fuel Gauge Inoperative..……………………………………………………………….. WP 0009 00
9. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inoperative (Warning Light Extinguished)……………. WP 0009 00
10. No Indication on the Transmission Temperature Gauge…………………………… WP 0009 00
11. No Indication on the Battery Voltmeter………………………………………………. WP 0009 00
TRANSMISSION
1. Transmission Will Not Engage…………………………………………………………. WP 0010 00
2. Transmission Will Not Engage (Hand Brake Circuit Functional)………………….. WP 0010 00
3. Transmission Power Output Low……………………………………………………… WP 0010 00
4. Transmission Will Not Shift From D1 to D2…………………………………………… WP 0010 00
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
1. Horn Inoperative…………………………………………………………………………. WP 0011 00
2. Low or High Beam Lights Inoperative…………………………………………………. WP 0011 00
3. Head Lights Inoperative, Lamps Good………………………………………………… WP 0011 00
4. Gauge and Tail Lights Inoperative…………………………………………… ……….. WP 0011 00
5. Low and High Beam Lights Inoperative (Gauge Lights Operate)………………….. WP 0011 00
6. All Vehicle Turn Signal Lights Inoperative…………………..........………………….. WP 0011 00
7. Work Lights Inoperative…………………..........……………………………………….. WP 0011 00
8. Backup Lights Inoperative (Gear Selector in Reverse)………………………………. WP 0011 00
9. Backup Alarm (Warning Horn) Inoperative…..……………………………….……….. WP 0011 00
10. All Gauge Lights Inoperative…..……………………………….……………………….. WP 0011 00
0007-1
0007 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
MALFUNCTION PROCEDURE
POWER STEERING
1. Steering Wheel Difficult to Turn Either Direction…………………………………….. WP 0013 00
SERVICE BRAKES
1. Brake Pedal Spongy……………………………………………………………………... WP 0014 00
2. Brake System Performance Inadequate………………………………………………. WP 0014 00
3. Brake Fail Warning Light Illuminated…………………………………………………... WP 0014 00
4. Brake Stop Lights Always Illuminated…………………………………………………. WP 0014 00
5. Brake Stop Lights Will Not Illuminate………………………………………………….. WP 0014 00
0007-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0008 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE
INITIAL SETUP
WARNING
Do not attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections of wires
until SATS is shut down and batteries are disconnected. Remove all rings, watches, and other jewelry
when performing maintenance on this equipment.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
0008-1
0008 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
STEP
2. Load test batteries (WP 0090).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did batteries load test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO - Remove and Replace Batteries
(WP 0090).
STEP
3. Continuity test, all engine start circuit fuses, 3FU, 4FU and 6FU (WP 0101).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is any fuse defective?
DECISION
YES – Replace defective fuse(s) (WP 0101). NO – Proceed to step 4.
STEP
4. Inspect all start circuit wiring (FO-1) for loose connections, broken or corroded wiring and functional
grounds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is start circuit wiring defective?
DECISION
YES – Repair faulty wiring or connections, FO-1. NO – Proceed to Step 5.
STEP
5. Remove and test relays CRS and CRSI (WP 0102).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did relays ohms test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 6. NO – Replace defective CRS Park
Relay or CRSI Start Interlock relay (WP
0102).
STEP
6. Remove center console panel (WP 0020). Place engine ignition in the start position, check for 12
volts at the Engine Start Relay (WP 0103) wire 7 (FO-1, Line 9).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 7. NO – Repair defective circuit wiring
(FO1).
STEP
7. Remove wire 3 from the starter solenoid (WP 0026), place engine ignition in the start position,
check for 12 volts at the removed wire (FO-1, Line 2).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Test starter (WP 0026) replace NO – Replace defective Starter Relay
starter if test fails. (SR), or repair circuit wiring (FO-1).
END OF TASK
0008-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0008 00
STEP
2. Drain small amount of fuel from Fuel Water Separator and check for contamination (WP 0056).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuel contaminated?
DECISION
YES – Remove contamination, replace filters NO – Proceed to Step 3.
and bleed air from fuel lines (WP 0056).
STEP
3. Inspect engine air filter for damage, dirty or clogged condition (WP 0063).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is filter dirty or clogged?
DECISION
YES – Replace filter assembly (WP 0061). NO – Proceed to step 4.
STEP
4. Remove fuel solenoid electrical connector. Place ignition switch in the run position and check for 12
volts at wire 50 of the fuel solenoid connector (WP 0057).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to Step 5. NO – Replace fuse 8 (WP 0101) or
repair faulty fuel solenoid wiring, FO-1.
STEP
5. Perform fuel solenoid ohms/rod movement test (WP 0057).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the fuel solenoid test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to Step 6. NO – Replace faulty fuel solenoid (WP
0057).
STEP
6. Test mechanical fuel pump (WP 0058).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the fuel pump test satisfactorily (fuel present)?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 7. NO – Replace fuel pump (WP 0058).
STEP
7. Remove fuel input line at any or all fuel injectors (WP 0060) and crank engine.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuel present at the injectors?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 8. NO – Proceed to step 9.
0008-3
0008 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
STEP
8. Replace faulty injectors (WP 0060).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start?
DECISION
YES – No further action. NO – Proceed to step 9.
STEP
9. Remove and Replace fuel injection pump (WP 0059).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
ENGINE CRANKS, WILL NOT START IN COLD WEATHER (FUEL SUPPLY GOOD)
STEP
1. Ohms test pre-heater fuse 14 (WP 0102) for continuity (FO-1, Line 28).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does fuse 14 have continuity?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 2. NO – Replace the glow plug fuse 14,
(WP 0102).
STEP
2. With engine ignition switch in the run position, place the glow plug toggle switch in the on position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does the glow plug indicator light illuminate?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Replace faulty light, toggle switch
SW7 (WP 0100), or repair faulty wiring
(FO-1, Line 28).
STEP
3. Check for 12 volts at wire number 4 (red) of the glow plug circuit breaker CB1 (WP 0103).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 4. NO – Replace defective CB1 (WP 0103)
or repair faulty wiring (FO-1, Line 3).
STEP
4. With engine ignition switch in the run position and the glow plug toggle switch held on check for 12
volts input power to all glow plugs at wire 5 (WP 0034) on the glow plug rail.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Test and replace defective glow NO – Test/replace glow plug relay
Plugs (WP 0034). CRGP (WP 0103) or repair defective
wiring (FO-1, Line 28).
END OF TASK
0008-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0008 00
END OF TASK
STEP
2. With starter removed, inspect engine flywheel (rotating engine is necessary) for damaged or
missing gear teeth.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are flywheel gear teeth broken or damaged?
DECISION
YES – Replace engine flywheel (WP 0031). NO – N/A
END OF TASK
STEP
2. Ohms check starter relay (WP 0103) contacts (FO-1, Line 2) for shorted condition.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Contacts shorted?
DECISION
YES – Replace starter relay (WP 0103). NO – Remove and Replace starter (WP
0026).
END OF TASK
0008-5
0008 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
STEP
2. Inspect throttle return spring for damage, disconnection or spring missing (WP 0105).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Throttle spring damaged or missing?
DECISION
YES – Repair or replace throttle return spring NO – Proceed to step 3.
(WP 0105).
STEP
3. Check throttle slave cylinder linkage for damage or binding condition (WP 0105).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Slave cylinder linkage damaged or binding?
DECISION
YES – Repair or replace damaged slave cylinder NO – Proceed to step 4.
(WP 0105).
STEP
4. Repair or replace throttle master cylinder (WP 0106).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
STEP
3. Inspect engine fuel filters (WP 0056).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Engine fuel filters dirty, clogged or sucking air.
0008-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0008 00
DECISION
YES – Remove and replace fuel filter and fuel water NO – Proceed to Step 4.
separator and bleed air from fuel system
(WP 0056).
STEP
4. Inspect engine turbocharger for damage affecting serviceability (WP 0028).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is turbocharger damaged?
DECISION
YES – Remove and replace turbocharger NO – Proceed to Step 5.
(WP 0028).
STEP
5. Test engine mechanical fuel pump (WP 0057).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did fuel pump test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 10. NO – Replace faulty fuel pump (WP
0057).
STEP
6. Remove fuel input line at any or all fuel injectors (WP 0060) and crank engine.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuel present at the injectors?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 11. NO – Proceed to step 12.
STEP
7. Replace faulty injectors (WP 0060).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start?
DECISION
YES – No further action. NO – Proceed to step 12.
STEP
8. Remove and Replace fuel injection pump (WP 0059).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
0008-7
0008 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
STEP
2. Check engine radiator cooling fan belt (WP 0033).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fan belt in place and fan working?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Replace fan belt (WP 0033).
STEP
3. Check engine oil level (WP 0025).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is engine oil level low?
DECISION
YES – Fill engine oil crankcase to proper NO – Proceed to step 4.
lubricating level (WP 0025).
STEP
4. Check radiator cooling fin condition (WP 0044).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Radiator fins clogged, damaged, leaking or dirty?
DECISION
YES – Clean or replace radiator (WP 0044). NO – Proceed to Step 5.
STEP
5. Check that engine radiator cap installed (WP 0045).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is radiator cap installed properly?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 6. NO – Replace or install radiator cap
(WP 0043).
STEP
6. Inspect cooling system thermostat (WP 0047).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Thermostat stuck closed, corroded or defective?
DECISION
YES – Replace thermostat (WP 0047). NO – Proceed to Step 7.
STEP
7. Inspect cooling system water pump for leaks (WP 0046).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water pump leaking or defective?
DECISION
YES – Replace water pump (WP 0046). NO – Check engine.
END OF TASK
0008-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0009 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
INITIAL SETUP:
References: Materials/Parts
WP 0004 N/A
WP 0025
WP 0027 Equipment Condition
WP 0029 Engine Cool
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
0009-1
0009 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
0009-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0009 00
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
0009-3
0009 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
0009-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0010 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0039
Multimeter (WP 0125, Item 6) WP 0040
WP 0041
Tools and Special Tools WP 0079
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8) WP 0082
WP 00100
Personnel Required WP 0101
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic (2) WP 0102
FO-1
References:
WP 0006 Materials/Parts
WP 0017 N/A
WP 0021
WP 0035 Equipment Condition
WP 0036 N/A
WP 0038
WARNING
Do not attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections of wires until SATS
is shut down and batteries are disconnected. Remove all rings, watches, and other jewelry when performing
maintenance on this equipment.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
STEP
2. Check that the hand brake is released or disengaged.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is hand brake released?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Release hand brake.
STEP
3. With handbrake released check that the hand brake on light (WP 0004) goes out or extinguishes.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does the handbrake light go out?
0010-1
0010 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
DECISION
YES – Proceed to Transmission Will Not NO – Proceed to step 4.
Engage (Hand Brake Circuit Functional)
STEP
4. Ohms test hand brake switch for continuity (WP 0082).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the hand brake switch test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Repair or replace faulty hand brake NO – Replace hand brake switch (WP 0082).
lever (WP 0079).
STEP
2. Ohms check Transmission Circuit Fuse 9 (WP 0100) (FO-1, Line 17) for continuity.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does fuse have continuity?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Replace defective fuse (WP 0100).
STEP
3. Ohms check transmission/ECU Fuse 5 (WP 0101) (FO-1, Line 12) for continuity.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does fuse have continuity?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 4. NO – Replace defective fuse (WP 0101).
STEP
4. Ohms test the hand brake relay CRHB (WP 0102).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the hand brake relay ohms check satisfactory?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 5. NO – Replace defective relay CRHB
(WP 0102) or repair circuit wiring (FO-1, Line 40).
STEP
5. Check that the transmission shifter indicator light is illuminated.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is the transmission shifter indicator light illuminated?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 6. NO – Replace defective transmission relay CRT
(WP 0102) or repair circuit wiring (FO-1, Line 19).
STEP
6. Ohms test transmission shifter assembly (WP 0038) for proper operation.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did transmission shifter assembly ohms test satisfactory?
0010-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0010 00
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 7. NO – Replace transmission shifter assembly (SW2)
(WP 0038).
STEP
7. Chock wheels. Engine running, hand brake released and service brakes engaged. Place gearshift selector in
REVERSE and D1 and test input voltage to the transmission solenoid valve assemblies (WP 0041).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts input present at the test locations to the solenoid valve assemblies?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 8. NO – Replace faulty transmission speed sensor (WP
0039), or ECU (WP 0040) or repair circuit wiring (FO-1).
STEP
8. Ohms test all of the transmission solenoid valve assembly coils (WP 0041).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the transmission solenoid valves ohms test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 9. NO – Replace defective solenoid valve coils
(WP 0041).
STEP
9. Remove transmission solenoid valve assemblies (WP 0041) and inspect for visible damage or obvious defects
(metal particles, other contamination, sticking valves).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do the solenoid valve assemblies check satisfactory?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 10. NO – Replace all transmission solenoid valves
assemblies (WP 0041).
STEP
10. Replace defective transmission assembly (WP 0035).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
YES – N/A NO – N/A
END OF TASK
STEP
2. Check condition of transmission fluid and fluid filters (WP 0036).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fluid or filters dirty, clogged or contaminated?
DECISION
YES – Service transmission (WP 0036). NO – Proceed to step 3.
0010-3
0010 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
STEP
3. Ohms test all six solenoid valve coils (WP 0041).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did transmission solenoid valves ohms check properly?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 4. NO – Replace faulty solenoid valve coils
STEP
4. Remove transmission solenoid valve assemblies (WP 0041) and inspect for visible damage or obvious
defects (metal particles, other contamination, sticking valves).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do the solenoid valve assemblies check satisfactory?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 5. NO – Replace all transmission solenoid valves
assemblies (WP 0041).
STEP
5. Replace defective transmission assembly (WP 0035).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
STEP
1. Check transmission fluid level (WP 0036).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fluid level correct?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 2. NO – Service the transmission (WP 0036).
STEP
2. Check condition of transmission fluid and fluid filters (WP 0036).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fluid or filters dirty, clogged or contaminated?
DECISION
YES – Service transmission (WP 0036). NO – Proceed to step 3.
STEP
3. Ohms test transmission shifter assembly (WP 0038) for proper operation.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did transmission shifter assembly ohms test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 4. NO – Replace transmission shifter assembly (SW2)
(WP 0038).
STEP
4. Lift vehicle all 4 wheels (WP 0021). Use extreme caution. Remove D2 solenoid valve electrical connectors
(WP 0041). Start engine and release hand brake. Place gear shift selector in D2 and increase wheel speed
to the known point of shifting from D1 to D2. Test input voltage to the 2 transmission solenoid valve D2
assemblies (WP 0041).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts input present at the D2 test locations to the solenoid valve assemblies?
0010-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0010 00
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 5. NO – Replace faulty transmission speed sensor (WP
0039), or ECU (WP 0040) or repair circuit wiring (FO-1).
STEP
5. Ohms test all of the transmission solenoid valve assembly coils (WP 0041).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the transmission solenoid valves ohms test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 6. NO – Replace defective solenoid valve coils
(WP 0041).
STEP
6. Remove transmission solenoid valve assemblies (WP 0041) and inspect for visible damage or obvious
defects (metal particles, other contamination, sticking valves).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do the solenoid valve assemblies check satisfactory?
DECISION
YES - Proceed to Step 7. NO – Clean/inspect/replace all transmission solenoid
valve assemblies (WP 0041).
STEP
7. Replace defective transmission assembly (WP 0035).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
0010-5 /6 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0011 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INITIAL SETUP:
References: Materials/Parts
WP 0004 N/A
WP 0038
WP 0093 Equipment Condition
WP 0094 N/A
WARNING
Do not attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections of wires until SATS
is shut down and batteries are disconnected. Remove all rings, watches, and other jewelry when performing
maintenance on this equipment.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
HORN INOPERATIVE
STEP
1. Set brakes and chock vehicle. Turn Ignition switch on and check for 12 volts at wire 91 (FO-1, Line 51) at
the horn (WP 0108).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 2. NO – Replace horn fuse 11 (WP 0102) or repair
defective wiring (FO-1).
STEP
2. Disconnect wire 2, (FO-1, Line 51) at the horn (WP 0108) and ohms check from wire 2 to ground with the
horn button depressed.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does circuit have continuity?
DECISION
YES – Replace horn assembly (WP 0108). NO – Repair wiring (FO-1) or replace horn
button (WP 0108).
END OF TASK
0011-1
0011 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
STEP
2. Ignition switch and headlight switch on, test for 12 volts at wire 96 and wire 101 at the headlight switch (WP
0102).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does switch have 12 volts output?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Replace headlight switch (WP 0102) or repair
circuit wiring (FO-1 line 53).
STEP
3. Ignition switch and headlight switch on, check for 12 volts at wire 97 (dimmer switch in low beam position)
and wire 98 (dimmer switch in the high beam position) at the dimmer switch SW4 (WP 0094).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is voltage check satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 4. NO – Replace headlight dimmer switch SW4 (WP 0094)
or repair circuit wiring (FO-1 line 53).
STEP
4. Test for 12 volts at both headlight connectors with ignition switch on and headlight switch on (WP 0102).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does both headlight connectors have 12 volts?
DECISION
YES – Replace both headlight bulbs NO – Repair defective circuit wiring (FO-1 line 53).
(WP 0093).
END OF TASK
0011-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0011 00
STEP
2. Replace run light switch SW3 (WP 0100) or repair circuit wiring (FO-1, Line 53).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
LOW AND HIGH BEAM LIGHTS INOPERATIVE (GAUGE PANEL LIGHTS OPERATE)
STEP
1. Replace headlight dimmer switch SW4 (WP 0094) or repair defective circuit wiring (FO-1, Line 53).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
STEP
3. Replace directional signal arm assembly (WP 0095) or repair faulty circuit wiring, (FO-1, Line 62-67).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
0011-3
0011 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
STEP
2. Test transmission shifter assembly (WP 0038).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did transmission shifter test satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Repair faulty circuit wiring NO – Replace shifter assembly (WP 0038).
(FO-1, Lines 40 to 72).
END OF TASK
0011-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0011 00
STEP
2. Ignition switch and headlight switch on, turn gauge light dimmer switch counter clockwise (WP 0004).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do gauge lights illuminate?
DECISION
YES – No further action required. NO – Proceed to step 3.
STEP
3. Repair faulty wiring (FO-1, Line 58-62) or replace gauge panel dimmer rheostat (WP 0100).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
0011-5/6 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0012 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PARK POSITION BRAKE
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
Do not attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections of wires until SATS
is shut down and batteries are disconnected. Remove all rings, watches, and other jewelry when performing
maintenance on this equipment.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
STEP
3. Perform this step (two person operation) in order to simplify troubleshooting. Hand brake disengaged or off,
engine start switch in the run position (engine not running), move gear selector to the Drive position (5 sec)
and then return the gear selector to Park and observe the park position motor operates to engage the park
position brake.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the park position motor operate applying the park position brake caliper?
0012-1
0012 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 4. NO – Proceed to step 5.
STEP
4. Inspect park position caliper assembly (WP 0078).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is the park position caliper damaged?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 5. NO – Replace defective component(s) (WP 0078).
STEP
5. Ohms test upper limit switch (LS-PE) (WP 0077) for proper operation (FO-1, Line 37).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the upper limit switch (LS-PE) ohms check satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 6. NO – Replace upper limit switch LS-PE (WP 0077).
STEP
6. Ohms check park position engage relay CRP (WP 0101) for continuity (FO-1, Line 37).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does park brake engage relay (CRP) ohms check properly?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 7. NO – Replace defective park brake relay CRP,
(WP 0101).
STEP
7. Ohms test the park position motor winding at wiring connector J7 (WP 0076) for continuity (FO-1, Line 31).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does park position motor have continuity?
DECISION
YES – Repair faulty wiring in the circuit NO – Replace park position motor (WP 0076).
(FO-1, Line 31).
END OF TASK
STEP
2. Check that the transmission gear selector in the park position (WP 0005).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is gear selector in the park position?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Place the gear selector in park (WP 0005).
0012-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0012 00
STEP
3. Perform this step (two person operation) in order to simplify troubleshooting. Hand break disengaged or off,
engine start switch in the run position (engine not running), Move gear selector to the drive position and
observe the park position motor operates to disengage the park position brake.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the park position motor operate disengaging the park position brake caliper?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 4. NO – Proceed to step 5.
STEP
4. Inspect park position caliper assembly (WP 0078).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is the park position caliper damaged?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 5. NO – Replace defective component(s) (WP 0078).
STEP
5. Ohms test lower limit switch (WP 0077) (LS-PR) for proper operation (FO-1, Line 35).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did the lower park position limit switch LS-PR ohms check ok?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 6. NO – Replace lower limit switch LS-PR (WP 0077).
STEP
6. Ohms test park position release relay CRR (WP 0101) for continuity (FO-1, Line 31).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does park brake release relay (CRR) ohms check properly?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 7. NO – Replace defective park brake release
relay CRR (WP 0101).
STEP
7. Ohms test the park position motor winding at wiring connector J7 (WP 0076) for continuity (FO-1, Line 31).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does park brake motor have continuity?
DECISION
YES – Repair faulty wiring in the circuit NO – Replace park position motor (WP 0076).
(FO-1, Line 31).
END OF TASK
0012-3/4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0013 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
POWER STEERING
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
Do not attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections of wires until SATS
is shut down and batteries are disconnected. Remove all rings, watches, and other jewelry when performing
maintenance on this equipment.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
STEP
2. Check steering hydraulic tank fluid level (WP 0111).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is hydraulic tank fluid level low?
DECISION
YES – Fill power steering hydraulic tank, NO – Proceed to step 3.
(WP 0111).
STEP
3. Inspect power steering filter (WP 0112) and hydraulic fluid for contamination.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is hydraulic system contaminated?
0013-1
0013 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 4. NO – Proceed to step 5.
STEP
4. Service power steering hydraulic system (WP 0112 and WP 0113).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is power steering functional?
DECISION
Yes – No further action NO – Proceed to step 5.
STEP
5. Remove gear pump output pressure line at orbital valve (WP 0116) and place in a drip pan. Crank engine
for 5 seconds and check that gear pump has output (WP 0114).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did power steering gear pump have output?
DECISION
YES – Replace steering cylinder (WP 0117). NO – Proceed to step 6.
STEP
6. Replace power steering gear pump (WP 0115).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is power steering functional?
DECISION
YES – No further action. NO – Proceed to step 7.
STEP
7. Replace power steering orbital valve (WP 0116).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
0013-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0014 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SERVICE BRAKES
INITIAL SETUP:
References: Materials/Parts
WP 0017 N/A
WP 0068
WP 0069 Equipment Condition
WP 0071 N/A
WP 0072
WARNING
Do not attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections of wires until SATS
is shut down and batteries are disconnected. Remove all rings, watches, and other jewelry when performing
maintenance on this equipment.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
STEP
2. Bleed air from brake system (WP 0075).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is brake system performance satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – No further action. NO – Proceed to step 3.
0014-1
0014 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
STEP
3. Check brake lines and fittings for leaks and damage (WP 0075).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are brake lines or fittings leaking or damaged?
DECISION
YES – Repair leaking or damaged lines NO – Proceed to step 4.
and fittings (WP 0075).
STEP
4. Check brake master cylinder for proper operation (WP 0071).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is master cylinder defective?
DECISION
YES – Replace master cylinder (WP 0071). NO – N/A
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
STEP
2. Ohms test normally open brake fail switch (BFS) (WP 0073) for no continuity (FO-1, Line 24).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did brake fail switch ohms test satisfactory?
DECISION
Yes – Proceed to step 3. NO – Replace brake fail switch (WP 0073)
STEP
3. Replace brake valve assembly (WP 0073).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
Yes – N/A NO – N/A
END OF TASK
0014-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0014 00
END OF TASK
STEP
2. With engine start switch in the run position (engine not running) and the brake pedal pressed check for 12
volts at wire 102 (FO-1, Line 62) on the brake stop light switch, LS-SL (WP 0072).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Replace defective stop light switch (WP
0072) or repair faulty wiring (FO-1, Line 62).
STEP
3. With engine start switch in the run position (engine not running) and the brake pedal pressed check for 12
volts at wires 106 and 107 (FO-1, Lines 65 and 66) at the brake stop lights.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 12 volts present?
DECISION
YES – Replace defective light(s) (WP 0097). NO – Replace defective directional signal arm
assembly SW5 (WP 0095) or repair faulty wiring,
(FO-1, Lines 65 and 66).
END OF TASK
0014-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0015 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TIRES, FRONT AND REAR AXLES
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
Do not attempt to service or otherwise make any adjustments, connections, or re-connections of wires until SATS
is shut down and batteries are disconnected. Remove all rings, watches, and other jewelry when performing
maintenance on this equipment.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
STEP
2. Check leaf springs for damage and proper mounting (WP 0085).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are leaf springs secure with no damage?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Secure or replace defective leaf springs (WP
0085).
0015-1
0015 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
STEP
3. Check shock absorbers for damage, leaks or loose mounting bolts (WP 0084).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is shock absorbers damaged or leaking?
DECISION
YES – Replace defective shock or tighten NO – Inspect wheel assemblies,
loose mounting bolts (WP 0084). (WP 0083).
END OF TASK
EXCESSIVE REAR END NOISE WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE
STEP
1. Check rear axle oil level (WP 0067).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is rear axle oil level satisfactory?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 2. NO – Service the rear axle (WP 0067).
STEP
2. Inspect rear drive shaft universal joints for proper lubrication (WP 0017).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are rear axle universal joints properly lubricated?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Perform u-joint lubrication (WP 0017).
STEP
3. Inspect rear drive shaft universal joints for excessive wear or damage (WP 0070).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are rear axle universal joints loose or damaged?
DECISION
YES – Replace worn or damaged universal NO – Proceed to step 4.
Joints (WP 0070).
STEP
4. Check rear axle mounting bolts for security and or damage (WP 0066).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are rear axles U-Bolts secure and not damaged?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 5. NO – Secure or replace damaged rear axle
mount bolts (WP 0066).
STEP
5. Inspect rear axle leaf springs for loose, broken, or damaged springs (WP 0085).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are rear axle springs loose, broken or damaged?
DECISION
YES – Replace or secure rear axle NO – Proceed to step 6.
Springs (WP 0085).
STEP
6. Replace rear axle assembly (WP 0066).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
0015-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0015 00
STEP
2. Inspect front drive shaft universal joints for proper lubrication (WP 0017).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are front axle universal joints properly lubricated?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 3. NO – Perform u-joint lubrication (WP 0017).
STEP
3. Inspect front drive shaft universal joints for excessive wear or damage (WP 0070).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are front axle universal joints loose or damaged?
DECISION
YES – Replace worn or damaged universal NO – Proceed to step 4.
Joints (WP 0070).
STEP
4. Check front axle mounting bolts for security and or damage (WP 0066).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are front axle mount bolts secure and not damaged?
DECISION
YES – Proceed to step 5. NO – Secure or replace damaged front axle mount bolts,
(WP 0066).
STEP
5. Inspect front axle leaf springs for loose, broken, or damaged springs (WP 0085).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are front axle springs loose, broken or damaged?
DECISION
YES – Replace or secure front axle NO – Proceed to step 6.
springs (WP 0085).
STEP
6. Replace front axle assembly (WP 0066).
CONDITION/INDICATION
N/A
DECISION
N/A
END OF TASK
0015-3 /4 blank
CHAPTER4
MAINTENANCEINSTRUCTIONS
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0016 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PMCS INTRODUCTION
GENERAL
When performing a PMCS or simple routine checks, observe all WARNINGS listed in the WARNING SUMMARY
at the beginning of this manual and interspersed throughout.
Preventive maintenance is the systematic care, servicing, and inspection of equipment to prevent the occurrence
of problems, to reduce downtime, and to maintain equipment in serviceable condition. To ensure that the
equipment is always ready for a mission, perform the scheduled Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
(PMCS) WP 0017.
This section lists the required Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for the MT3 SATS. Always keep in
mind the Warnings listed in the WARNING SUMMARY. To ensure that the MT3 SATS is ready for operation at
all times, it must be inspected systematically so defects may be discovered and corrected before they result in
serious damage of equipment failure. The necessary preventive maintenance checks and services that are to be
performed by operator personnel are listed and described in WP 0017.
CAUTION
During operation if a deficiency is noted stop operation to prevent damage to equipment. Defects, deficiencies
and shortcomings together with the corrective action will be recorded on DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988-E and
submitted to the Maintenance Office.
Routine maintenance like cleaning, washing, corrosion control, storage and shipping etc., are not listed as part of
the PMCS. These tasks should be performed when they are needed.
Operator PMCS on the MT3 SATS should be performed on a BEFORE, DURING and AFTER operation of the
SATS. Field level PMCS is performed on a weekly, monthly, semi-annually or annually basis as indicated in WP
0017.
The running time meter is used to determine SATS operating time. For PMCS performed on an operating time
basis, perform PMCS as close as possible to the time intervals indicated. For units in continuous operation,
perform PMCS before starting operation (WP 0017). If continuous operation extends service past that which is
shown, perform PMCS or scheduled service upon completion of mission or before next operation.
Defects
Deficiencies that cannot be corrected must be reported on DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988-E to maintenance
personnel. Records and reports of preventive maintenance must be filed and maintained IAW DA PAM 750-8.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
0016-1
0016 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Interval Column
Indicates the time interval upon which the checks and services must be performed. Intervals are divided as
follows:
Designated Intervals
1) BEFORE checks and services of PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE must be performed prior to placing
vehicle or its components in operation.
2) DURING checks and services of PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE must be performed while the vehicle
and/or its components/systems are in operation.
3) AFTER checks and services of PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE must be performed after the vehicle
and/or its components/systems have been in operation.
4) WEEKLY checks and services of PREVENTIVE MAINTEANCE must be performed every 7 days.
5) MONTHLY checks and services of PREVENTITIVE MAINTENANCE must be performed every 30 days.
6) QUARTERLY checks and services of PREVENTITIVE MAINTENANCE must be performed every 90
days.
7) SEMI-ANNUAL checks and services of PREVENTITIVE MAINTENANCE must be performed every 180
days.
8) ANNUALLY checks and services of PREVENTITIVE MAINTENANCE must be performed every 365
days.
Procedures Column
Indicates the procedure by which the inspection or service is to be performed. When replacement or repair of a
component is required, the procedures column will direct personnel to the appropriate task/work package.
0016-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0016 00
FLUID LEAKS
CAUTION
Equipment operation is allowed with minor leakage’s (Class I). Consideration must be given to fluid capacity in the
item/system being checked or inspected. When in doubt, notify your supervisor.
When operating with Class I leak, continue to check fluid levels as required in the PMCS.
It is necessary for you to know how fluid leakage affects the status of the MT3 SATS vehicle. The following are
types/classes of leakage you need to know to be able to determine the status of systems. Learn these leakage
definitions and remember- when in doubt, notify your maintenance supervisor. All Class II and III leaks should be
reported immediately to your maintenance supervisor.
x Class I - Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not great enough to form drops.
x Class II - Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops but not enough to cause drops to drip from item
being checked or inspected.
x Class III - Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from item being checked or inspected.
END OF TASK
0016-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0017 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INITIAL SETUP:
References Materials/Parts
WP 0005 Oil, Axle; Mobile Fluid 424 (WP 0127, Item 60)
WP 0025 Grease, Automotive and Artillery GAA (WP 0127, Item
WP 0033 15)
WP 0036 Hydraulic Fluid (WP 0127, Item 18)
WP 0045 Oil, Lubricating OE/HDO-15/40 (WP 0127, Item 21)
WP 0056 Lubricating Oil OE/HDO 30 (WP 0127, Item 25)
WP 0063 5W-30 Synthetic (WP 0127, Item 61)
WP 0066
WP 0067 Equipment Condition
WP 0074 N/A
Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for MT3 SATS Tow Tractor, Initial Startup Only
100H Pintle Hitch Check mounting bolt torque (WP 0086). Mount Bolts Loose
(Front and Rear)
0017-1
0017 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Table 2. Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for MT3 SATS Tow Tractor
ITEM INTERVAL ITEM TO BE PROCEDURE NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE
NO. CHECKED OR IF:
SERVICED
1 Weekly Tires and Check tire tread depth. Tread should not be Any tread is worn even to height
Wheels worn beyond level of wear bar (1/16 in.) of tread wear indicator (1/16 in.
(15.9 mm or less). Wear bars are molded (1.59 mm) or less). Any cut,
across the tread pattern in the valley gouge, or crack that extends to
between the center rib and lugs. The the cord body or any bulges.
Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) letters are Tires exhibit excessive inner and
molded on the sidewall to aid in locating the outer wear or balance.
wear bar.
Check for missing or loose wheel studs and Any wheel stud or lug nut is
lug nuts. Tighten loose lug nuts and have broken or missing or loose.
unit maintenance torque lug nuts to proper
torque.
2 Weekly Fan Belt Open engine cover and check for loose, Fraying, cuts, loose or missing
damaged or missing fan belt. drive belt.
3 Weekly Exhaust Check exhaust system for security of all Any mounts are broken, pipes are
System mounts, tightness of clamps and bolts, rusted through or broken, or any
rusted conditions, damaged pipes, and any indication of an exhaust leak.
indication of an exhaust leak.
4 Weekly Shock Visually inspect shock absorbers for leaks, Class III leakage or damage is
Absorbers damage, and security of mounting. evident; mounting damaged or
loose.
5 Weekly Alternator Visually check alternator mount brackets Bracket is cracked or mounts bolts
Brackets for cracks, damage, or loose bolts. damaged or loose.
6 Weekly Batteries and Check battery hold-downs for looseness or Damaged battery hold-down.
battery cables. damage.
0017-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0017 00
7 Weekly Pintle Hitch Check pintle hook for looseness and If pintle hook latch when closed
damaged locking mechanism has play in excess of 3/16” of an
inch.
If locking mechanism is damaged.
8 Weekly Hand Brake Check hand brake and park position brakes Hand brake or park position
and Park for proper operation, loose, missing or brakes damaged or not operating
Position Brake damaged components. properly.
9 Weekly Engine Fluid leaks such as oil, coolant or fuel. Any fuel or Class III oil or coolant
leaks are evident.
10 Weekly Exhaust Check exhausts system for loose or Hardware is missing or loose.
System missing mounting hardware.
11 Monthly/ Corrosion Visually inspect vehicle for indication of Any corroded-through condition,
50 hours corrosion or cracks and/or breaks cracks or breaks that would affect
vehicle operation.
12 Monthly/ All Systems All systems exercised. Class III oil, coolant or hydraulic
50 hours Start engine and run at idle for 10 minutes. leaks are evident. Any brake fluid
or fuel leaks are evident.
While vehicle is warming up, perform a
walk around inspection, checking for
evidence of leaks.
After vehicle has idled for 5 minutes, begin
to operate all controls slowly. Transmission
in all ranges. Brakes and parking brake
applied and released. Check steering for
binding and unusual noises.
NOTE
250 Hour/ The 250 hour service includes the services
Quarterly performed at the monthly/50 hour service
along with the following:
0017-3
0017 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
18 Semi- Hand Brake Check holding power (WP 0079). Adjust as Hand brake holding test fails.
annually/ required. Lubricate moving parts.
500 hour
19 Semi- Electrical Clean and inspect all vehicle wiring, wiring Damaged wiring, wiring harnesses
annually/ System harnesses, batteries and battery cables. battery cables or batteries. Wiring
500 hour Inspect for corrosion. corrosion problems.
Semi-
20 annually/ Transmission Service transmission (WP 0036).
500 hour
0017-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0017 00
END OF TASK
0017-5
0017 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0017-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0017 00
END OF TASK
0017-7/8 blank
CHAPTER5
MAINTENANCEINSTRUCTIONS
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0018 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT
INITIAL SETUP:
Unpacking
1. The tractor is shipped with all fluids except fuel. As a precaution, however, check all fluid levels,
brakes, electrical system, engine, steering, axles, and transmission as described in (WP 0017)
and perform the prescribed lubrication.
2. The fire extinguisher may have been stored remotely to prevent loss during shipping. Before
operating, move extinguisher to its operating location between seats. Be sure it is securely
clamped in its storage bracket for operation.
3. Inspect unit for shipping damage and broken glass, mirrors, or lights.
END OF TASK
0018-1/2 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0019 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
GUIDELINES FOR CLEANING TOW TRACTOR
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
Shut off and tag out the machine before cleaning or otherwise servicing. Failure to do so could result in
unexpected startup and could result in injury or death.
Cleaning
When cleaning, keep related parts together so reassembly is easier. Special cleaning instructions are
given where required.
Other less hazardous means, including vacuuming and wet sweeping, should be considered. By no
means shall compressed air be used to clean one’s clothing.
Structural parts are best cleaned using soap and water and suitable brushes. Steam cleaning may also
be done before disassembly to remove heavy accumulations of grease, oil, and dirt from exterior of
engine, transmission, and rear axle assembly.
Metal Parts
Metal parts shall be cleaned in an appropriate cleaning solvent. Allow to air dry. Do not use compressed
air to dry parts. The moisture generally present in air systems may cause corrosion. Lubricate metal parts
as soon as possible after cleaning.
0019-1
0019 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Bearings
1. Wash bearings in a bearing washer or immerse in solvent and scrub clean with a soft brush.
Remove all grease and oil from bearing recesses. Allow to air dry.
2. Apply a thin film of lubricating oil to bearings and check for free movement between inner and
outer race. Worn bearings must be replaced.
Gears
Clean gears using a soft bristle brush and cleaning solvent. Remove foreign matter from the gears.
END OF TASK
0019-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0020 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ACCESSORY ACCESS
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
N/A WP 0087
INSPECTION
Inspect all accessory access components for dents, broken mounts, security of mounting, corrosion or any
damage affecting serviceability.
WARNING
2-man lift is required for REMOVAL of engine cover and deck plates.
REMOVAL
ENGINE COVER ASSEMBLY
1. Release 2 rubber latches (1 per side) (Figure 1, Item 1) from engine cover (Figure 1, Item 2).
0020-1
0020 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
Support engine cover in vertical position while removing bolts.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
ENGINE COVER ASSEMBLY
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
CENTER DECK PLATE
END OF TASK
0020-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0020 00
INSTALLATION
CENTER DECK PLATE
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
REAR DECK PLATE
END OF TASK
0020-3
0020 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
REAR DECK PLATE
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
CENTER CONSOLE DECK PLATE
END OF TASK
0020-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0020 00
INSTALLATION
CENTER CONSOLE DECK PLATE
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
TOOL BOX
NOTE
Both Left Hand and Right Hand toolbox removal and installation tasks are identical.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
TOOL BOX
0020-5
0020 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
Ensure proper door function before installing screws, washers and nuts.
3. Install 2 screws (Figure 5, Item 1), washers (Figure 5, Items 4) and nuts (Figure 5, Item 5) and secure
tool box.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
ENGINE COVER SUPPORTS (RH AND LH)
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
ENGINE COVER SUPPORTS (RH AND LH)
NOTE
Adjusting the height on engine cover support may be necessary for proper engine cover fit.
END OF TASK
0020-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0020 00
REMOVAL
ENGINE COVER SUPPORT (REAR)
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
ENGINE COVER SUPPORT (REAR)
NOTE
Adjust height of engine cover support (Figure 6, Item 1) to 3/16” below the surface of the deck surface using a
straight edge and tape measure.
END OF TASK
Figure 7. Engine Cover Support (Rear) and Center Deck Plate Support
REMOVAL
CENTER DECK SUPPORT
END OF TASK
0020-7
0020 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
CENTER DECK SUPPORT
NOTE
Adjust height of center deck support (Figure 7, Item 3) to 3/16” below the surface of the deck surface using a
straight edge and tape measure.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
REAR DECK SUPPORT
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Adjust height of rear deck support (Figure 8, Item 2) to 3/16” below the surface of the deck surface using a
straight edge and tape measure.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0020-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0021 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
JACKING PROCEDURES
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
N/A
Tools and Special Tools
Hydraulic Floor Jack, 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 15) Materials/Parts
Jack Stand, 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 16) N/A
Chocking Blocks (WP 0126, Item 1)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Wheels Chocked During Raising and Lowering
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
0021-1
0021 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Front Jacking
2. Locate jack in the center of the tractor under the hitch (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Jack front of tractor until the tractor wheels are off of the ground.
4. Place 2 jack stands under the front of the tractor located on the corners of the front bumper. Location is
marked on the front of the tractor (Figure 1, Item 4).
5. Lower jack so all of the vehicle weight is on the jack stands.
END OF TASK
Rear Jacking
2. Locate jack in the center of the tractor under the hitch (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Jack rear of tractor until the tractor wheels are off of the ground.
4. Place 2 jack stands under the rear of the tractor located on the corners of the rear bumper. Location is
marked on the rear of the tractor (Figure 1, Item 2).
5. Lower jack so all of the vehicle weight is on the jack stands.
END OF TASK
2. Locate jack in the center of the tractor under the hitch (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Jack front of tractor until jack stands are free.
4. Remove the 2 jack stands.
5. Lower jack so vehicle wheels are on the ground.
6. Remove jack.
7. Remove chock blocks.
END OF TASK
0021-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0021 00
CAUTION
Raise the tractor by placing the jack under the hitch plate and not the pintle hook. Damage to the pintle will
occur if jack is placed under the hook.
2. Locate jack in the center of the tractor under the hitch (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Jack rear of tractor until jack stands are free.
4. Remove the 2 jack stands.
5. Lower jack so vehicle wheels are on the ground.
6. Remove jack.
7. Remove chock blocks.
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
1. Locate jack in the center of the tractor under the hitch (Figure 1, Item 5).
CAUTION
Raise the tractor by placing the jack under the hitch plate and not the pintle hook. Damage to the pintle will
occur if jack is placed under the hook.
CAUTION
Raise the tractor by placing the jack under the hitch plate and not the pintle hook. Damage to the pintle will
occur if jack is placed under the hook.
END OF TASK
0021-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0022 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STENCILS, PLACARDS AND LABELS
INITIAL SETUP:
0022-1
0022 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0022-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0022 00
0022-3
0022 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Placard Care
1. Keep placards clean and legible at all times.
2. Replace placards that are missing or have become illegible.
3. Placards are available from your dealer.
END OF TASK
0022-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0023 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
POWER PACK ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP:
REMOVAL
CAUTION
2-man lift is required for removal of deck plates.
NOTE
Stand Weldment, Engine Pack (Illustrated List of Manufactured Items, WP 0120) must be procured prior
to the power pack assembly removal to prevent damage to assembly components. Cap and plug all
hoses and fittings when disconnecting from components. Tag or label all wiring connectors and terminals
when disconnecting from components. Engine, transmission and radiator are mounted on a power pack
frame and removed as an assembly. Note orientation and routing of all wire harnesses and hose
assemblies before removal from components and routing out of vehicle chassis assembly. Wire ties and
clamps must be removed to facilitate maintenance.
1. Chock wheels.
2. Turn ignition switch to on position, release hand brake lever and place the transmission shift lever
in drive position (WP 0004).
3. Verify park position brake is disengaged (WP 0076).
4. Turn ignition switch to off position (WP 0004).
5. Disconnect battery cables (WP 0091).
6. Remove rear deck plate (WP 0020).
0023-1
0023 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
To prevent FOD cover turbo exhaust outlet on engine.
11. Remove 4 bolts/lock washers ( Figure1, Item 1) (one not shown) securing forward exhaust pipe
(Figure1, Item 2) to turbo charger flange.
12. Remove 4 bolts/washers/nuts (Figure1, Item 4) (one not shown) securing muffler (Figure1, Item
3) to engine mounting bracket.
13. Loosen exhaust pipe hanger clamp (Figure1, Item 5).
14. Remove exhaust system from vehicle.
WARNING
Failure to use the proper lifting equipment (jack) when lifting tow vehicle may result in serious
injury or death.
0023-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0023 00
NOTE
Label all engine and transmission electrical connectors and note routing of wiring, wiring clamps
and placement of wire ties to aid in reinstallation.
20. Disconnect bolt, star washer and nut LH & RH (Figure2, Item 1).
21. Remove stoplight and backup light ground wires and clamp LH & RH (Figure2, Item 2).
22. Remove stoplight wiring LH & RH (WP 0097).
23. Remove backup light wiring LH & RH (WP 0098).
24. Disconnect rear wiring harness from backup alarm and tag (WP 0099).
25. Disconnect rear wiring harness from fuel tank sending unit and tag (WP 0055).
26. Removefourbolts,eightwashersand4nuts(Figure5,Item1),wireharnessclampFigure5,
Item2)andfuelhoseclamp(Figure5,Item3)attachingpowerpackframetotowtractor
chassis.
27. Pull rear wiring harness through chassis to front of tractor.
28. Disconnect wiring connector and ground wire from fuel/water separator (WP 0056).
29. Disconnect wiring from upper park position limit switch assembly (WP 0077).
30. Remove lower park position limit switch assembly (WP 0077).
31. Unplug wire connector from park position motor (WP 0076).
32. Disconnect wire from transmission temperature sending unit (WP 0043).
33. Disconnect wire from engine oil pressure switches (WP 0029).
34. Disconnect wire from engine oil pressure (gauge) sending unit (WP 0030).
35. Disconnect wire from glow plug rail (WP 0034).
36. Unplug fuel solenoid wire (WP 0057).
37. Disconnect wires from throttle validation switch (WP 0105).
38. Disconnect starter wiring (WP 0026).
39. Disconnect alternator wiring (WP 0027).
40. Disconnect wire from coolant temperature switch (WP 0051).
41. Disconnect wire from coolant temperature sending unit (WP 0052).
0023-3
0023 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0023-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0023 00
42. Disconnect engine block ground nut and wire (Figure3, Item 1 and 2).
43. Figure4, Item 1).from bell housing.
44. Pull positive battery cable from chassis.
45. Pull all wires from engine power pack.
46. Pull all engine pack wiring over axle to front of vehicle.
47. Disconnect rear transmission plug wire from ECU (WP 0040).
48. Coil ECU wire harness and secure to transmission.
NOTE
Place drip pan under or shop towels at the appropriate location to collect draining hoses and
components.
49. Disconnect hydraulic return hose from hydraulic tank (WP 0111).
50. Disconnect hydraulic pressure hose from gear pump (WP 0115).
51. Pull both hoses over axle to front of vehicle.
52. Disconnect the hose from throttle slave cylinder assembly (WP 0105).
53. Disconnect main brake hose from rear axle tee and pull to front of vehicle, routing over front axle
(WP 0075).
NOTE
Do not remove hose from throttle reservoir.
54. Disconnect throttle reservoir from firewall and move to the side (WP 0107).
55. Remove brake reservoirs (WP 0074).
56. Route brake reservoir hoses down and over front axle.
57. Disconnect air intake tube assembly (WP0061).
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under and engine, transmission being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting
equipment for heavy components. Power pack assembly weight is 1800 lbs.
0023-5
0023 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
To ease with the power pack assembly lifting process, use slings or chains of proper length (as shown 3
foot length in front and 4 foot length in rear).
58. Attach sling to power pack assembly lifting eyes as illustrated in (Figure6).
59. Attach overhead hoist to sling (Figure6).
60. Carefully lift power pack assembly (Figure7) from mounting brackets while continuously
observing that all harnesses, hoses, and pipes are not interfering with the removal of power pack
assembly and place in engine power pack cradle (Figure8).
0023-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0023 00
END OF TASK
0023-7
0023 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under and engine, transmission being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting
equipment for heavy components. Power pack weight is 1800 lbs.
NOTE
To ease with the power pack assembly lifting process, use slings or chains of proper length (as
shown 3 foot length in front and 4 foot length in rear).
NOTE
Ensurecradlemountholesarealignedwithframemountholes.
NOTE
The two rear mount bolts will be installed after wire and hose routing is complete.
5. Install front two bolts, four washers and two nuts (Figure 5, Item 1) torque nuts to 78 ft lbs.
6. Remove slings.
7. Connect air intake tube assembly (WP 0062).
8. Route brake hoses and throttle reservoir back to connection location.
9. Install brake reservoirs (WP 0074).
10. Connect throttle reservoir to firewall (WP 0107).
11. Route main brake line and hand brake cable over radiator mount and along frame under tabs.
NOTE
Do not bend hose and cable chassis tabs down at this time.
12. Connect main brake line to rear axle tee (WP 0075).
13. Connect hand brake cable to hand brake caliper bracket (WP 0080).
14. Bend tabs down to secure hand brake cable.
15. Connect the slave cylinder supply hose to throttle slave cylinder assembly (WP 0105).
16. Route hydraulic hoses back to connection locations.
17. Connect hydraulic pressure line to gear pump (WP 0115).
18. Connect hydraulic tank return line to tank (WP 0111).
19. Uncoil transmission ECU wire harness and feed to front of vehicle and plug into the rear of
ECU (WP 0040).
0023-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0023 00
20. Route all engine pack wiring (Figure 9) as previously noted into vehicle.
21. Connect engine block ground wire (Figure 3, Item 2) with nut (Figure 3, Item 1).
22. Connect wire to engine coolant temperature sending unit (WP 0052).
23. Connect wire to engine coolant temperature switch (WP 0051).
24. Connect wiring to alternator (WP 0027).
25. Connect wires to starter (WP 0026).
26. Connect wires to throttle validation switch (WP 0105).
27. Plug in fuel solenoid wire (WP 0057).
28. Connect wire to glow plug rail (WP 0034).
29. Connect wire to engine oil pressure (gauge) sending unit (WP 0030).
30. Connect wire to engine oil pressure switches (WP 0029).
31. Connect wire to transmission temperature sending unit (WP 0043).
32. Plug wire connector to park position motor (WP 0076).
33. Install lower park position limit switch assembly (WP 0077).
0023-9
0023 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
34. Connect wiring to upper park position limit switch assembly and install guard (WP 0077).
35. Connect wire connector and ground wire to fuel/water separator (WP 0056).
36. Connect wiring to fuel tank sending unit (WP 0055).
37. Connect wiring and ground wire to backup alarm (WP 0099).
38. Position backup light and stoplight ground wires (Figure 2, Item 2).
39. Insert bolt, star washer and nut (Figure 2, Item 1).
40. Connect backup light wiring connector LH & RH (WP 0098).
41. Connect stoplight wiring connector LH & RH (WP 0097).
42. Connect fuel lines to fuel tank. (WP 0054).
43. Connect front drive shaft to front transmission output yoke flange (WP 0070).
44. Connect rear drive shaft to rear transmission brake disc (WP 0070).
45. Position exhaust assembly on the engine and hold in position.
46. Connect muffler (Figure 1, Item 5) to engine mounting bracket with 4 bolts, washers and nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4) (one not shown). Do not tighten.
47. Connect turbo charger flange (Figure 1, Item 2) with 4 bolts and lockwashers (Figure 1, Item
1) (one not shown).
48. Tighten muffler bolts, washers and nuts (Figure 1, Item 4).
49. Tighten exhaust pipe hanger clamp (Figure 1, Item 5).
50. Install LH/RH toolbox (WP 0020).
51. Install engine cover supports, rear and (LH/RH) (WP 0020).
52. Install clamp (Figure 4, Item 1) to secure wiring harness onto bell housing, top hole on left.
53. Install left rear wiring harness clamp (Figure 5, Item 2), secure with left rear engine mount
bolt, washers and nut (Figure 5, Item 1) torque nuts to 78 ft lbs.
54. Install right rear fuel line harness clamp (Figure 5, Item 3), secure with right rear engine
mount bolt, washers and nut (Figure 5, Item 1) torque nuts to 78 ft lbs.
NOTE
Remove all tags and labels from wiring connectors and terminals. Secure all wiring with wire ties
as previously noted.
0023-10
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0024 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE POWER PACK
INITIAL SETUP:
CAUTION
Stand Weldment, Engine Pack (Illustrated List of Manufactured Items, WP 0120) must be procured and
installed prior to the engine power pack being placed on a level surface to perform maintenance.
NOTE
Bottom right front isolator must be identified for reinstallation in same location and position.
6. Remove 4 engine power pack mount nuts, washers, bolts and lower ½ of isolators (WP 0032).
0024-1
0024 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 3. Engine Power Pack Maintenance Mounts RH, (Removal and Installation)
0024-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0024 00
WARNING
If positioning Engine Power Pack on a workbench, clamp or bolt all maintenance mounts to prevent
injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
Engine Power Pack weighs in excess of 1800 pounds. Ensure workbench is capable of holding the
Power Pack.
NOTE
Power Pack may be lowered to the floor.
NOTE
If replacing engine remove all applicable Line Replaceable Unit’s.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under and engine, transmission being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting
equipment for heavy components. Power pack weight is 1800 lbs.
NOTE
Ensure right front bottom isolator is installed with flat portion facing the engine.
END OF TASK
0024-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0025 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0017
Tools and Special Tools WP 0020
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8)
Oil Filter Wrench (WP 0125, Item 18) Materials/Parts
Drain Pan (WP 0126, Item 2) Lubricating Oil (WP 0127, Item 25)
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Add oil as necessary. DO NOT overfill engine crankcase.
END OF TASK
0025-1
0025 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARNING
To avoid personal injury allow the engine to cool sufficiently prior to changing the engine oil and filter; hot
oil can cause severe burns. Use appropriate PPE to prevent injury.
1. Place drain pan (5 gal capacity) under the engine oil pan drain plug. Either drain plug may be used.
2. Remove engine oil drain plug (Figure 2, Item 2) and allow oil to drain.
3. Clean and install drain plug.
4. Place drain pan under oil filter.
5. Using a filter wrench loosen the oil filter (Figure 2, Item 1) allowing oil in the filter cartridge to drain.
6. Remove and dispose of oil filter.
7. Wipe clean the oil filter engine-mating surface.
8. Lubricate the new oil filter seal with a small amount of clean lubricating oil.
9. Install new filter by turning the filter until the seal contacts the mating surface. Tighten filter an
additional ½ to ¾ turn.
10. Fill engine crankcase with lubricating oil.
11. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
12. Shut down engine and recheck engine oil level. Add as required.
13. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0025-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0026 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STARTER
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect starter assembly mounting security, wiring for loose connections, breaks in insulation or
any damage affecting serviceability.
TEST
WARNING
Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or tools contact a battery
positive terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and
injury to personnel.
NOTE
Perform voltage test at starter solenoid terminal (Figure 1, Item 6) ensuring 12 volts are present. Ensure
starter mount is properly grounded.
STARTER TEST
1. Remove wire from starter solenoid (Figure 1, Item 7).
2. Using 12-gauge wire (approximately 6 inches long), briefly jump 12 volts from starter solenoid
terminal (Figure 1, Item 6) to solenoid terminal (Figure 1, Item 7). Starter should engage.
3. Replace starter if test fails.
END OF TASK
0026-1
0026 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or tools contact a battery
positive terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and
injury to personnel.
END OF TASK
0026-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0026 00
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or tools contact a battery
positive terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and
injury to personnel.
NOTE
Refer to torque charts (WP 0128) for mount bolt and nut torques.
END OF TASK
0026-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0027 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ALTERNATOR
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Inspect alternator wiring for corrosion, loose connections and breaks in insulation.
2. Inspect for proper mounting and for any damage affecting serviceability.
3. Verify engine/alternator belt tension is correct, (WP 0033).
END OF TASK
TEST
WARNING
Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or tools contact a battery
positive terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and
injury to personnel.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or tools contact a battery
positive terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and
injury to personnel.
NOTE
Mark or tag wires to ease with reinstallation.
0027-1
0027 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or tools contact a battery
positive terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and
injury to personnel.
0027-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0027 00
END OF TASK
0027-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0028 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TURBOCHARGER
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Visually inspect turbocharger for any housing cracks, dents, or leaks.
2. Inspect hose clamps and hoses for damage affecting serviceability.
3. Remove turbo charger inlet hose (WP 0061) and inspect that turbine wheel moves freely and all
blades are serviceable.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
NOTE
If necessary release the coil clamp (not shown) holding the pressure and return oiling tubes together
to facilitate removal of the Turbocharger.
END OF TASK
0028-1
0028 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0028-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0028 00
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If coil clamp was released, reposition coil clamp and retighten.
7. Install 4 turbo exhaust mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 8). (One bolt not shown) (New gasket)
8. Position hose (Figure 1, Item 11)
9. Tighten clamp (Figure 1, Item 1).
10. Position hose (Figure 1, Item 6).
11. Tighten clamp (Figure 1, Item 3).
12. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
13. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0091).
END OF TASK
0028-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0029 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
OIL PRESSURE SWITCHES
INITIAL SETUP:
TEST/INSPECTION
Inspect oil pressure switches for mounting security (no leaks) wiring for security, corrosion and any
damage affecting serviceability.
WARNING
Eye protection required when applying air pressure to switches.
NOTE
To properly test pressure switches, removal of switch assembly is required.
1. Oil Pressure Switch (Warning Light) – Remove switch (Figure 1, Item 1) and ohms check for
continuity (normally closed) from the terminal connection to the switch case threads. Apply air
pressure to the switch and ohms check for loss of continuity (switch open). If switch fails either
test, replace defective switch.
2. Oil Pressure Switch (Hour Meter) – Remove switch (Figure 2, Item 1) and ohms check (no
continuity, normally open) across the two electrical terminals. Apply air pressure and ohms check
for continuity (pressure closes). If switch fails either test, replace defective switch.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
NOTE
Label or tag all wiring terminals after removal to aid with switch reinstallation.
0029-1
0029 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure engine is stopped and has cooled prior to removing the oil pressure
switch.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Wrap threads of oil pressure switch (Figure 1, Item 1) with anti-seize tape.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to oil pressure switch, do not over-tighten.
END OF TASK
0029-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0029 00
REMOVAL
NOTE
Label or tag all wiring terminals after removal to aid with switch reinstallation.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure engine is stopped and has cooled prior to removing the oil pressure
switch.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Wrap threads of oil pressure switch (hour meter) (Figure 2, Item 1) with anti-seize tape.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to oil pressure switch, do not over-tighten.
0029-3
0029 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0029-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0030 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
OIL PRESSURE SENDING UNIT (GAUGE)
INITIAL SETUP:
TEST/INSPECTION
Inspect sender wiring and mounting for damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0030-1
0030 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure engine is stopped and has cooled prior to removing the oil pressure-
sending unit.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Wrap threads of oil pressure sending unit (Figure 1, Item 5) with anti-seize tape.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to oil pressure sending unit, do not over-tighten.
END OF TASK
0030-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0031 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FLYWHEEL
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect flywheel (Figure 1, Item 1) for cracks, wear, damage, and missing gear teeth. Replace as necessary.
END OF TASK
0031-1
0031 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
CAUTION
Do not use an impact wrench when removing the flywheel mounting bolts as damage may occur to flywheel
and/or crankshaft.
NOTE
When removing flywheel mount bolts, hold the engine harmonic balancer crank bolt or engine may spin.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Ensure flywheel and crankshaft mating surfaces are clean and free from oil and other foreign substances.
CAUTION
Do not use an impact wrench when removing the flywheel mounting bolts as damage may occur to flywheel
and/or crankshaft.
NOTE
When installing flywheel mount bolts, hold the engine harmonic balancer crank bolt or engine may spin.
2. Install 6 flywheel mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 2). Torque bolts to 72.4 – 79.5 ft-lb (98.1 – 107 N•m).
3. Carefully position torque converter spacer (Figure 1, Item 3) on flywheel.
4. Install 6 torque converter spacer mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 4).
5. Install Torque Converter (WP 0037).
6. Install Transmission (WP 0035).
7. Lift engine power pack (WP 0024).
8. Remove engine power pack maintenance mounts (WP 0024).
9. Install engine power pack in engine power pack cradle (WP 0024).
10. Install Power Pack Assembly in the vehicle (WP 0023).
11. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0031-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0032 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE MOUNT ISOLATORS
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
N/A WP 0023
WP 0024
Tools and Special Tools WP 0120
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8)
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required N/A
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
Equipment Condition
N/A
INSPECTION
Visually inspect engine mount rubber isolators for excessive wear, cracks, rubber degradation (impregnated) from
oil or fuel and damage affecting serviceability
END OF TASK
0032-1
0032 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
When replacing engine isolators, replace all four upper and lower as a set to prevent unnecessary maintenance
later.
All four-engine power pack isolator mounts are removed using the same process.
1. Remove power pack assembly (WP 0023) and position in power pack cradle.
2. Remove 4-engine cradle mount nuts (Figure 1, Item 6), washers (Figure 1, Item 2) and snubber washers
(Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Remove 4 lower engine cradle isolators (Figure 1, Item 4).
4. Remove 4-engine cradle mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) and washers (Figure 1, Item 2).
5. Lift engine power pack approximately 4 inches (WP 0024).
6. Remove 4 upper engine mount cradle isolators (Figure 1, Item 3).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Right front lower isolator must be modified (WP 0120) as illustrated in (Figure 1, Item 7). Flat portion of isolator
must face the engine when installed to allow room to pass the gear pump.
END OF TASK
0032-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0033 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FAN BELT
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
N/A WP 0020
WP 0091
Tools and Special Tools
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8) Materials/Parts
N/A
Personnel Required
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down
INSPECTION
Inspect fan belt for cracks, cuts, tears and proper installation and pulley alignment. Apply thumb pressure on the
center of the belt between the crankshaft and alternator. Acceptable deflection is between 0.39 to 0.47 inches (10
to 12 mm).
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
1. Carefully fish new belt (Figure 1, Item 3) over radiator cooling fan blades.
2. Place belt over all pulleys, using care not to twist the belt.
3. Use a pry bar and pull the alternator (pressure on the alternator frame) until belt is tight.
4. Hold pressure and tighten alternator adjustment bolt (Figure 1, Item 1).
5. Apply thumb pressure on the center of the belt between the crankshaft and alternator. Acceptable deflection
is between 0.39 to 0.47 inches (10 to 12 mm).
7. Tighten bottom alternator mount bolt (Figure 1, Item 2).
6. Connect battery negative cables (WP0091).
7. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
8. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0033-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0034 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
GLOW PLUGS
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION/TEST
Visually inspect glow plug wiring for broken insulation and terminal damage. Inspect glow plug for security
of mounting. Glow plug may be tested while in the engine glow plug mount or removed.
NOTE
If testing while installed, isolate by removing glow plug wire and rail, this Work Package.
END OF TASK
0034-1
0034 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALATION
END OF TASK
0034-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0035 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
REMOVAL
NOTE
Note orientation of all LRU’s, components, wiring and hoses, tag to aid in reinstallation.
0035-1
0035 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
4. Loosen nut (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove threaded rods (Figure 1, Item 4 and 5).
5. Remove park position motor assembly (WP 0076).
6. Remove park position caliper (WP 0078).
7. Remove hand brake caliper/cable bracket assembly (WP 0081).
NOTE
Nut has a detent that must be straightened before you can loosen nut.
8. Removing stake nut (Figure 2, Item 3) and washer (Figure 2, Item 1).
9. Remove disc (Figure 2, Item 2).
0035-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0035 00
10. Remove 8 bracket-mounting bolts (Figure 3, Item 2) while supporting park position/hand brake
bracket.
11. Remove bracket (Figure 3, Item 1).
12. Remove 2 bolts, 2 nuts, 2 washers and spacers (used as required) (Figure 4, Item 2) and remove
transmission mount bracket (Figure 4, Item 1) from transmission.
0035-3
0035 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
13. Install trans lift weldment (Figure 5, Item 3) with bolts and nuts from mount onto the eyelets of the
transmission (Figure 5, Item 2).
14. Place sling hook (Figure 5, Item 1) onto lifting fixture and snug sling to support the transmission.
Rewrite for LMI.
15. Disconnect oil cooler lines.
16. Remove 3 transmission bell-housing mount bolts (Figure 6, Item 1) securing dipstick loop clamp
(Figure 6, Item 3) and negative battery cable (Figure 6, Item 2).
NOTE
Place drip pan under transmission housing before separating transmission from engine.
17. Remove remaining 9 transmission bell housing bolts (some not shown) (Figure 6, Item 1).
0035-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0035 00
18. Loosen nut (Figure 7, Item 1) at base of dipstick tube (Figure 7, Item 2).
19. Remove dipstick (Figure 7, Item 2) and nut (Figure 7, Item 1), retain for reinstallation.
20. Lower transmission to the floor.
0035-5
0035 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If transmission is being replaced it is recommended maintainers replace the torque converter (WP
0037) at the same time.
When installing a new transmission, use the old dipstick tube because it was modified during
initial installation.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under and engine, transmission being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting
equipment for heavy components. Power pack weight is 1800 lbs.
CAUTION
Ensure the torque converter tangs are aligned properly with the transmission pump tangs or the
transmission will not mate with the torque converter pump. Make sure that the transmission is
perfectly square to the engine when the two are connected together. Do not use bolts to pull the
components together, use only hand force or damage will occur (Figure 9).
0035-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0035 00
NOTE
Bolt hole closest to drive shaft connection does not receive a mount bolt. The design of transmission
does not allow for bolt installation.
9. Attach dipstick tube clamp (Figure 6, Item 3) and negative battery cable (Figure 6, Item 2) to
appropriate mounting holes (Figure 6).
10. Torque all transmission bell housing bolts (Figure 6, Item 1) to 30 ft-lbs using.
11. Remove sling, trans lifting weldment, 2 bolts, 2 nuts and 2 spacers from transmission.
NOTE
When installing transmission-mounting bracket, 5/8” washer may be used as spacers if required.
12. Install transmission mount bracket (Figure 4, Item 1) and secure with 2 bolts, 2 nuts (Figure 4,
Item 2).
13. Connect oil cooler lines (Figure 5, Item 3).
NOTE
Nut has a detent that must be straightened before you can loosen it.
14. Remove stake nut (Figure 2, Item 3), and washer (Figure 2, Item 1) and remove pre-installed
drive shaft disc (Figure 2, Item 2) from transmission.
15. Place the park position/hand brake caliper bracket in position and secure with 8 mounting bolts.
Torque to 85 ft-lbs (Figure 3, Item 2).
16. Reinstall drive shaft disc (Figure 2, Item 2) and secure with existing washer (Figure 2, Item 1) and
stake nut (Figure 2, Item 3). Torque nut to 221 ft-lbs.
17. Stake nut on shaft with hammer and punch at notch (Figure 2).
18. Install hand brake caliper assembly (WP 0081).
19. Install 2 threaded rods (Figure 1, Item 4 and 5) on park position bracket to transmission mounting
bracket.
20. Tighten nuts (Figure 1, Items 2 and 3) to secure.
21. Install park position caliper (WP 0076, 0078).
22. Install engine power pack in engine cradle (WP 0024).
23. Install power pack assembly in vehicle (WP 0023).
24. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0035-7/8 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0036 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
TRANSMISSION SERVICE
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
CAUTION
If transmission fluid is discolored or has a burnt smell, it may have been caused from high operating
temperatures. Fluid and filter should be changed immediately.
If transmission fluid has a milky look, water has entered transmission. Fluid and filter should be changed
immediately.
If transmission fluid has a concentration of air bubbles, this is an indication of an air leak in the suction
lines. Do not operate the vehicle until these conditions have been corrected.
NOTE
Transmission fluid contains a red dye additive to distinguish this fluid from other fluids used on this
vehicle. If leaks are noticed and are red in color, most likely a transmission leak is present.
Transmission fluid level check should be accomplished after vehicle engine is started and at idle speed
for no more than 5 minutes.
Fluid level check should be accomplished with vehicle on a flat surface or as level as possible.
0036-1
0036 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
CAUTION
Perform these fluid check procedures as described or damage to the transmission may occur due to over
servicing or under servicing the vehicle transmission.
1. Release engine cover rubber latches. Open engine cover (WP 0020).
2. Cold Engine - Start vehicle, (WP 0005) and allow engine to idle for a period not to exceed 5
minutes, proceed to step 5.
3. Warm Engine – Start vehicle, idle for 1 minute, proceed to step 5.
4. Hot Engine – Shut down, allow engine to cool (10 minutes), start vehicle, proceed to step 5.
NOTE
Any delay in checking the level will allow oil to drain back from the cooler and produce an incorrect
reading.
5. Shut down vehicle and immediately remove transmission dipstick, (Figure 1, Item 1) and wipe.
6. Reinsert dipstick, remove and check fluid level is at the maximum mark on the dipstick.
CAUTION
Do not overfill, this will increase the transmission oil temperature.
7. If required add fluid (using funnel) through the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1) filler tube to the
maximum mark, with the engine stopped.
8. If over serviced (above the maximum mark) drain fluid from the drain plug (Figure 1, Item 6) until
fluid level is correct.
END OF TASK
0036-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0036 00
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, stay clear of oil that may gush out when removing transmission drain plug,
transmission strainer and transmission filter.
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
CAUTION
Do not over service transmission. Perform these fluid fill procedures as described or damage to the
transmission may occur due to over servicing or under servicing the vehicle transmission
NOTE
Insert dipstick into transmission filler tube; remove dipstick checking fill level at various intervals of filling
transmission to prevent over servicing.
2. Fill transmission to the maximum mark on the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1) (approximately 3
gallons).
3. Start engine and idle for 1 minute.
4. Shut down engine.
5. Again, fill transmission to the maximum mark on the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1).
6. Restart engine and idle for 5 minutes. Shut down vehicle.
7. Recheck level and add fluid as necessary until fluid level is at the maximum mark on the dipstick.
0036-3
0036 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
0036-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0037 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TORQUE CONVERTER
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect torque converter output shaft for scouring and cracks. Inspect shaft tangs for wear, cracks and
damage. Inspect transmission-mating teeth inside torque converter for damage. Inspect torque converter
flex plate mounting bolts for security.
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Position flex plate (Figure 1, Item 13) and backing ring (Figure 1, Item 14) on torque converter.
2. Apply blue lock tight to the 6 flex plate/backing ring bolts.
3. Install 6 mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 15) holding flex plate/backing ring and snug (DO NOT
TIGHTEN).
4. Position torque converter/flex plate assembly onto engine and perform alignment of all four
mounting holes.
5. Carefully remove converter assembly not allowing any movement of flex plate.
6. Torque 6 mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 15) holding flex plate/backup ring to 35 ft lbs.
0037-1
0037 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0037-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0037 00
CAUTION
When reinstalling the torque converter assembly, ensure the assembly mates to the engine perfectly
or damage to the transmission pump will occur.
7. Reinstall torque converter on engine aligning the flex plate mounting holes to the flywheel.
8. Apply blue lock tight to the 4 torque converter assembly mount bolts.
9. Install 4 torque converter flex plate mount bolts and washers (Figure 1, Items 8 and 9) and torque
to 30 ft lbs.
10. Attach dial indicator (Figure 2) and zero the gauge.
11. Spin engine (3 revolutions) at the harmonic balancer/crankshaft bolt.
12. Maximum torque converter out of round tolerance is .015 thousandths.
13. Prime torque converter with 1 quart of transmission fluid (WP 0017).
14. Mount transmission (WP 0035).
15. Install Engine Power Pack in cradle (WP 0024).
16. Install Power Pack Assembly (WP 0023).
17. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0037-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0038 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION SHIFT CONTROL
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
Multimeter (WP 0125, Item 6) References
WP 0021
Tools and Special Tools WP 0091
Chocking Blocks (WP 0126, Item 1)
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8) Materials/Parts
Wire Ties (WP 0127, Item 47)
Personnel Required
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down
INSPECTION
Inspect transmission shift control for excessive wear or damage and mounting security. Inspect shifter-
wiring harness for loose connections, broken wiring or corrosion. Inspect wire connectors for secure
connections.
END OF TASK
TEST
NOTE
Connector J11 is identified (Figure 1, Item 4) and connector J12 is identified (Figure 1, Item 3).
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
NOTE
Remove wire ties from transmission shifter harness.
6. Carefully maneuver (rotate) transmission shift control assembly (Figure 1, Item 2).
7. Remove transmission shift control assembly (Figure 1, Item 2) from vehicle.
END OF TASK
0038-1
0038 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Install wire ties on the wiring harness.
END OF TASK
0038-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0039 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect speed sensor mounting for security (no leaks), wiring for breaks and connector for security and
components for damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0039-1
0039 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0039-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0040 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect ECU and connectors for mounting security, wiring for insulation breaks, corrosion or any
damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
NOTE
ECU is mounted underneath front of vehicle behind front pintle hitch area.
0040-1
0040 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0040-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0041 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SOLENOID VALVE (3-POSITION/SINGLE SOLENOID)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect all solenoid valve(s) for mounting security, leaks, damaged wiring or wiring connectors or for any
damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
OHMS TEST
NOTE
Removal of the center deck plate is required to access the solenoid valves (WP 0020).
All seven solenoid coils (Figure 1) are ohms tested using the same procedure.
Always tag the solenoid wiring connectors before removal to aid in reinstallation.
END OF TASK
VOLTAGE TEST
NOTE
A transmission solenoid voltage test reading between 0 and 9 volts is not acceptable.
1. Chock Wheels.
0041-1
0041 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Solenoid Coil Ohms Test, Voltage Test (Removal and Installation)
0041-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0041 00
NOTE
The MT3 SATS vehicle is equipped with an ITL 4-speeds forward power shift transmission. The SATS
configuration only uses 3 forward gears. D1 uses forward 2nd gear; D2 uses forward 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears
respectively.
0041-3
0041 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Gear Callout Solenoids
D1 (2nd Gear) 1 and 5 Forward Low and Lay Shaft
D2 (3rd Gear) 2 and 6 Forward High and Lay Shaft
D3 (Automatic Shift) 1 and 2 Forward Low and Main Shaft
(4th Gear)
Reverse 4 and 5 Reverse High and Lay Shaft
REMOVAL
Solenoid Valve Coils
0041-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0041 00
WARNING
Proper PPE is required when working around transmission fluid.
NOTE
It is not recommended to remove the spool from the valve body. None of the component parts of the
solenoid valve are repairable. The extent of permissible servicing is cleaning and replacement of O-rings
and solenoid coils. If damage to any other component is evident, the complete valve assembly must be
replaced.
NOTE
This removal and installation procedure is the same on all 6 upper or lower solenoid coils.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Apply a thin coat of transmission fluid on O-rings.
END OF TASK
0041-5
0041 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
If necessary, perform step 7 to remove the 4-wheel drive spool assembly.
7. Turn spool assembly mount nut (Figure 5, Item 4) counterclockwise and remove spool assembly
(Figure 5, Item 5).
0041-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0041 00
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Removal of the coil from the spool may be necessary to allow for installation of the spool assembly.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
CAUTION
To prevent transmission malfunction, avoid contamination or damage to internal parts when replacing
solenoid valve assembly.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
0041-7 /8 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0042 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
OIL COOLER
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down
INSPECTION
Inspect oil cooler for leaks and fin damage, lines and fittings for damage or leaks and any damage
affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0042-1
0042 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Cap and plug hoses and fitting during the removal process.
Figure 1 illustrates the oil cooler mounted in the engine power pack cradle. Removal and installation is
accomplished with power pack assembly in the vehicle.
NOTE
Position a mechanic under the vehicle supporting the oil cooler assembly.
Keep oil cooler upright or in a drip pan during disassembly to prevent draining improperly.
8. Remove 2 upper cooler mounts (Figure 1, Item 11) and remove the oil cooler from the vehicle.
9. Remove 2 fittings (Figure 1, Item 3 and 2) as an assembly (for reinstallation).
NOTE
All four mount assemblies are removed using the same process
END OF TASK
0042-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0042 00
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
0042-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0043 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TEMPERATURE SENDING UNIT (TRANSMISSION)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect temperature-sending unit for security (no leaks), wiring for breaks, connector for security and component
for damage affecting serviceability.
TEST
NOTE
Transmission temperature sending unit is located on top and front of transmission housing.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
NOTE
Place a shop towel under temperature sending unit, fluid may leak.
END OF TASK
0043-1
0043 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
0043-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0044 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
RADIATOR
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect radiator, hoses and fittings for mounting security, leaks, clogs, or excessive dirt buildup and for
any damage affecting serviceability
END OF TASK
Figure 1. Radiator
0044-1
0044 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
CLEANING
If dust and debris is between the fin and tube, wash it away with running water.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0044-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0045 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down and Cool
INSPECTION
Inspect cooling system components (radiator, radiator cap, hoses, fittings, clamps, water pump, thermostat, fan,
overflow bottle, temperature switch, temperature sending unit) for mounting security, leaks, corrosion, excessive
dirt buildup or any damage affecting serviceability
NOTE
If coolant level is low, service with a 50/50 mixture of ethylene glycol and water.
0045-1
0045 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
0045-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0045 00
END OF TASK
Refilling the Engine/Radiator
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
NOTE
Refill radiator with a 50/50 mixture of coolant and water.
1. Slowly fill radiator (Figure 2, Item 2) until coolant just covers the core.
2. Start engine (WP 0005) and observe coolant level in radiator until it drops.
3. Shutdown engine (WP 0005).
4. Slowly fill radiator again (Figure 2, Item 2) until coolant just covers the core.
5. Repeat steps (2, 3 and 4) until radiator level is stable (covering the core).
6. Shutdown vehicle (WP 0005).
7. Install radiator cap (Figure 2, Item 1).
8. Check level of overflow bottle this work package and service as necessary.
9. Perform final Maintenance Operation Check.
10. Close engine Cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0045-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0046 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
WATER PUMP
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect water pump for mounting security, housing and gasket for leaks or any for damage affecting
serviceability.
NOTE
Check water pump (weep hole) located on the bottom of the water pump housing for presence of coolant.
Replace water pump if coolant is leaking through weep hole.
END OF TASK
0046-1
0046 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
NOTE
4 long and 2 short bolts secure the water pump, note orientation to aid in reinstallation.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Position gasket (Figure 1, Item 3) on water pump housing (Figure 1, Item 2) and pre-install 2 short mount
bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) to hold gasket in position.
2. Position water pump/gasket on housing (Figure 1, Item 4) and snug up the 2 pre-installed bolts.
3. Install 4 long mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 5) (3 bolts not shown) and snug.
4. Tighten 6 mount bolts (Figure 1, Items 1 and 5).
5. Install cooling fan (WP 0053).
6. Install engine fan belt and adjust tension (WP 0033).
7. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091)
8. Service cooling system (WP 0045).
9. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0046-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0047 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THERMOSTAT
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect thermostat housing for mount security and for leaks at thermostat gasket and housing or any
damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0047-1
0047 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Install thermostat (Figure 1, Item 6) into thermostat housing (Figure 1, Item 7).
2. Install gasket (Figure 1, Item 5) on thermostat housing (Figure 1, Item 7).
3. Position top of thermostat housing (Figure 1, Item 4) on bottom thermostat housing (Figure 1, Item 7).
4. Install 3 mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 3) and tighten.
5. Install hose (Figure 1, Item 2).
6. Install hose clamp (Figure 1, Item 1).
7. Service coolant system (WP 0045).
8. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
9. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
10. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0047-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0048 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
UPPER AND LOWER RADIATOR HOSES
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down and Cool
INSPECTION
Inspect upper and lower radiator hoses for leaks, cracks, or deterioration and clamps for security.
END OF TASK
0048-1
0048 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
Drain radiator level below the thermostat for removal of upper hose and completely for removal of
the lower hose.
Lower radiator hose clamp on lower hose is accessed through right front wheel housing.
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
0048-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0048 00
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
0048-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0049 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
RADIATIOR SUPPORT ISOLATORS
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect radiator support isolators for mount security, dry rot, or deterioration due to oil or coolant
impregnation.
END OF TASK
0049-1
0049 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
There are 3 radiator isolator mounts on the SATS located underneath the radiator.
1. Remove 2 lower bolts (Figure 1, Item 4) and 2 flat washers (Figure 1, Item 5).
2. Remove 2 upper nuts and flat washers (not shown).
3. Pry out 2 radiator support isolators (Figure 1, Item 1).
4. Remove lower mount bolt and washer (Figure 2).
5. Remove upper mount nut and washer (not shown).
6. Pry out radiator support isolator (Figure 2).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0049-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0050 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
OVERFLOW BOTTLE
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect the overflow bottle for mount security, leaks, deterioration and proper hose connection.
END OF TASK
0050-1
0050 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Drain coolant from overflow bottle into a drip pan.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0050-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0051 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TEMPERATURE SWITCH (COOLANT)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect temperature switch for mount security, leaks, wiring for security and corrosion or any
damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
TEST
END OF TASK
0051-1
0051 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Label or tag all wiring terminals after removal to aid with reinstallation.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure engine is stopped and has cooled prior to removing coolant temp switch.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
To avoid damage to coolant temp switch, do not over-tighten.
1. Wrap threads of coolant temp switch (Figure 1, Item 2) with anti-seize tape.
2. Install coolant temp switch (Figure 1, Item 2).
3. Connect wiring lead (Figure 1, Item 3).
4. Service radiator (WP 0045).
5. Connect battery negative cable, (WP 0091).
6. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
7. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0051-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0052 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDING UNIT (GAUGE)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect temperature switch for mount security, leaks, wiring for security and corrosion or any
damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
TEST
Temperature Sender Continuity Test
NOTE
Resistance measured is dependent on temperature.
END OF TASK
0052-1
0052 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Label or tag all wiring terminals after removal to aid with switch reinstallation.
3. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 4) and wiring lead from temperature sending unit (Figure 1, Item 1)
mount stud.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, ensure engine is stopped and has cooled prior to removing coolant sender unit.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drain radiator below the level of temp sender or excessive fluid will drain.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
To avoid damage to coolant sending unit, do not over-tighten.
1. Wrap threads of temperature sending unit (Figure 1, Item 1) with anti-seize tape.
2. Install temperature sending unit (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Connect wiring lead (Figure 1, Item 4) and install nut onto temperature sending unit mount stud
(Figure 1, Item 1).
4. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
5. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
6. Close engine cover and secure with rubber latches, (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0052-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0053 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
COOLING FAN
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down and Cool
INSPECTION
1. Inspect cooling fan for cracks, missing blades, or warped blades.
2. Insect fan shroud for any evidence of blade contact (shroud not installed properly).
END OF TASK
0053-1
0053 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
It may be necessary to unbolt the radiator isolator mounts to allow better access to fan mount bolts.
NOTE
Spinning the fan will be necessary to allow easier access to the fan mount bolts.
9. Remove four fan mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 8) (Bolts not shown).
10. Remove cooling fan (Figure 1, Item 7) from water pump pulley.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Spinning the fan will be necessary to allow easier access to the fan mount bolts.
2. Install four fan mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 8) (Bolts not shown).
3. Push radiator rearward back into position.
4. Position bracket (Figure 1, Item 2) and spacer (Figure 1, Item 3).
5. Install one bracket mount bolt (Figure 1, Item 4).
6. Install two bracket mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 1).
7. Adjust fan belt tension (WP 0033).
8. Install brake reservoirs (WP 0074).
9. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
10. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
11. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0053-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0054 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL TANK
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0020
Tools and Special Tools WP 0056
Torque Wrench, 0 to- 50 ft. lbs. (WP 0125, Item WP 0091
2)
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8) Materials/Parts
Tape, Anti-Seize (WP 0127, Item 50)
Personnel Required Cleaning Solution
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
Equipment Condition
N/A
INSPECTION
Inspect fuel tank, fuel filler cap, fuel level sender wiring and mounting, tank protector strips/straps, tank
fittings and hoses for leaks, rust, corrosion and security of mounting or any damage that affects
serviceability.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
Fuel vapors create fire and explosion hazards. Do not allow any open flame, smoking materials, or other
potential ignition sources near fuel or the fuel system.
If repairing, clean the tank thoroughly before sending to the welding shop. Fill tank with an inert gas, such
as carbon dioxide or nitrogen or completely fill with water to minimize risk of serious injury or death from
fire or explosion, before having fuel tank repaired.
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
7. Carefully remove fuel tank drain plug (Figure 1, Item 10) and allow tank to drain.
8. Remove fuel drain container and dispose of fuel at the waste collection site.
9. Disconnect fuel sending unit wiring (Figure 1, Item 2) and tag wiring leads. Tie wiring harness to
side to avoid interference with the removal of fuel tank.
0054-1
0054 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
10. Remove two bolts and nuts (Figure 1, Items 11 and 12) securing one end of tank straps to the
vehicle.
11. Remove 2 bolts, nuts and washers (Figure 1, Items 7, 8 and 9) securing the other end of tank
straps to the vehicle and remove straps (Figure 1, Item 6).
NOTE
If fuel tank will be repaired and reinstalled proceed to step 14. If fuel tank will be replaced steps 12
and 13 must be performed.
12. Remove five screws (Figure 1, Items 1) securing fuel tank sender to tank. Carefully extract
sender and gasket (Figure 1, Items 3 and 15) from the tank.
13. Remove two fuel fittings (Figure 2, Item 4) (note orientation for reinstallation) from the fuel tank.
14. Carefully lift fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 13) and remove from tank compartment.
END OF TASK
0054-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0054 00
6. Flush fuel tank with clean water until all evidence of fuel is removed.
7. Repeat steps 2 if necessary and re-rinse with clean water.
8. Allow fuel tank to air dry. Dispose of tank or send for repair.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If fuel tank is being replaced proceed to step 7, repaired proceed to step 5.
5. Carefully install sender (Figure 1, Item 3) and new gasket (Figure 1, Item 15) and secure with five
screws (Figure 1, Item 1).
6. Apply Teflon tape to the two fuel fittings (Figure 1, Item 4) and install in tank assembly in the
same position as removed.
7. Remove fuel line plugs and connect both fuel lines (Figure 1, Item 14) at fuel tank and secure
with clamps.
8. Apply anti-seize tape to threads of fuel tank drain plug (Figure 1, Item 10) and install securely in
tank.
9. Service tank (Figure 1, Item 13) with fuel and install cap (Figure 1, Item 5).
10. Connect tagged fuel sender wiring (Figure 2, Item 2) and secure with hardware.
11. Bleed air from fuel lines (WP 0056).
12. Install rear deck plate support (WP 0020).
13. Connect battery cables (WP 0091).
14. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
15. Install rear deck plate and middle deck plate (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0054-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0055 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL TANK SENDING UNIT (FUEL GAUGE)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect fuel sending unit mounting security, gasket for leaks, wiring for breaks or corrosion and
components for damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
TEST
1. Remove fuel level sending unit, see removal this work package.
2. Ohms test the fuel level sending unit from (Figure 1, Item 2) to ground (Figure 1, Item 1) with float (Figure
1, Item 3) in the position illustrated (fuel tank empty).
3. Resistance measured should be 240 ohms nominally (Keep the meter in the test position).
4. Raise the float (Figure 1, Item 3) while observing the meter.
5. Resistance measured should consistently decrease (no dead spots) until the float is in the highest
position.
6. With the float in the highest position (tank full) resistance measured should read 33.5 ohms nominally.
7. Replace fuel sending unit if ohms test fails.
0055-1
0055 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
NOTE
Tag wiring to aid with the reinstallation process.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Fuel sender mount holes will only line up in one way.
0055-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0055 00
END OF TASK
0055-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0056 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL SYSTEM SERVICING
INSPECTION
Inspect fuel system hoses for cuts, abrasions and chaffing. Inspect clamps for tightness and security.
Inspect lines, hoses and fittings for leaks (No leaks permitted). Inspect all fuel system components for
leaks, security of mounting and any damage that may affect serviceability.
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
Fuel vapors create fire and explosion hazards that will result in severe personal injury or death. Do not
allow any open flame, smoking materials, or other potential igniter near fuel or the fuel system.
Do not mix gasoline or alcohol with diesel fuel. This mixture can cause an explosion. Try not to spill fuel
during refueling; if fuel should spill, wipe it off at once or it may cause a fire. Always keep spilled fuel and
lubricants away from engine.
When servicing any part of the fuel system, ensure the engine is shut down and the unit’s batteries are
disconnected.
When servicing the fuel system ensure vehicle is in a well ventilated work space.
CAUTION
After removing fuel hoses or lines, plug them at both ends with protective caps to prevent contamination
from entering. Contamination in fuel hoses may cause fuel injector pump malfunctions.
NOTE
Before reinstalling the fuel filter and fuel/water separator the maintainer should fill the fuel filter and
fuel/water separator housing with fuel. This action will assist during fuel system bleeding operation.
0056-1
0056 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
FUEL FILTER
NOTE
Do not remove filter unless replacement filter is available.
INSTALLATION
FUEL FILTER
END OF TASK
0056-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0056 00
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
0056-3
0056 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
1. Install new filter (Figure 2, Item 9) onto bowl ensuring seal is in the bowl housing slot and hand
tighten.
2. Fill fuel/water separator assembly with fuel and lubricate filter seal with clean fuel.
3. Install fuel filter/bowl assembly by hand onto filter housing (Figure 2, Item 11).
4. When separator assembly seal contacts the mating surface tighten by hand an additional ¾ turn.
5. Install fuel heater wiring (Figure 2, Item 6) onto bowl receptacle connector.
6. Perform air bleeding the fuel system this Work Package.
7. Connect battery cable (WP 0091)
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
0056-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0056 00
7. Fill fuel filter/bowl assembly with fuel and lubricate filter seal with clean fuel.
8. Spin fuel filter/bowl assembly onto housing (Figure 2).
9. When fuel filter/bowl assembly seal contacts the mating surface tighten by hand an additional ¾
turn.
10. Install fuel heater wiring (Figure 2, Item 6) onto bowl receptacle connector.
11. Perform air bleeding the fuel system this Work Package.
12. Connect battery cable (WP 0091)
END OF TASK
SERVICING
END OF TASK
0056-5 /6 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0057 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL SOLENOID (START/SHUTDOWN)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect fuel shutdown solenoid mount security, wiring and wiring connector for corrosion and
breaks in insulation.
TEST
END OF TASK
0057-1
0057 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0057-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0058 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL PUMP (MECHANICAL)
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down
INSPECTION
Visually inspect fuel pump and hose clamps for mount security, leaks or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
WARNING
Test the fuel system in a well-ventilated and open place. Fuel vapors create fire and explosion hazards, which will
result in severe personal injury or death. Do not allow any open flame, smoking materials, or other potential igniter
near fuel or the fuel system. Always keep spilled fuel and lubricants away from engine.
TEST
NOTE
This test is performed with the fuel system serviced, no loose connections and no fuel system suction leaks.
END OF TASK
0058-1
0058 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
CAUTION
When fuel hoses are disconnected, plug to prevent dirt from entering. Dirt in the fuel hoses can cause fuel
injection pump malfunction.
END OF TASK
0058-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0058 00
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0058-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0059 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL INJECTION PUMP
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect fuel injection pump for mount security, fuel lines for leaks, cracks, or wear and for any damage
affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
0059-1
0059 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
9. Unhook the start spring (Figure 3, Item 3) from the rack pin (Figure 3, Item 2) of the injection pump
assembly.
NOTE
Be careful not to drop nut inside.
0059-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0059 00
11. Slide off the governor connecting rod (Figure 4, Item 1) completely from the rack pin of the injection pump
assembly.
NOTE
Remove fuel return hose and air bleed hose from pump assembly prior to removing mount bolts.
12. Remove 3 bolts (Figure 5, Item 2) (2 not shown) and 3 nuts (Figure 5, Item 1) (2 not shown).
0059-3
0059 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Install fuel return hose and air bleed hose onto pump assembly at this point.
4. Slide governor connecting rod (Figure 4, Item 1) onto the rack pin of the injection pump assembly.
CAUTION
Be careful not to drop nut inside.
5. Install anti-rotation nut (Figure 3, Item 1). Torque nut 25-34 in lbs.
6. Hook the start spring (Figure 3, Item 3) onto the rack pin (Figure 3, Item 2) of the injection pump
assembly.
7. Install 4 fuel injection pump fuel lines (WP 0060).
8. Position cooling mount bracket (Figure 1, Item 2) onto engine.
9. Install bracket mount bolts and lock washers (Figure 1, Item 1).
10. Install overflow hose onto overflow bottle (WP 0050).
11. Air bleed fuel system (WP 0056).
12. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
13. Perform operation maintenance operation check.
END OF TASK
0059-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0060 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INJECTORS
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect injectors for mount security, loose or leaking injectors lines or any damage affecting serviceability.
WARNING
Extreme pressure is produced by the fuel injection pump. Do not place hands under fuel lines during fuel injection
pump test.
NOTE
Injector nozzle factory cracking pressure setting 1992-2133 PSI
END OF TASK
0060-1
0060 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these materials could
result in injury or death.
WARNING
Fuel vapors create fire and explosion hazards. Do not allow any open flame, smoking materials, or other
potential ignition sources near fuel or the fuel system.
NOTE
A small amount of fuel will be present when removing fuel lines. Use rags appropriately.
3. Loosen 4 injector line fittings (Figure 1, Item 4) at injection pump and injectors.
4. Remove 4 fuel lines (Figure 1, Item 4).
5. Loosen 2 hose clamps (Figure 1, Item 2) from overflow hoses (Figure 1, Item 1).
6. Remove hoses (Figure 1, Item 1) from fuel flow pipe assembly (Figure 1, Item 3).
7. Remove fuel flow pipe assembly (Figure 1, Item 3) from injectors.
8. Remove defective injectors (Figure 1, Item 6).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0060-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0061 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR INTAKE TUBING
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect air intake tubing, hoses and clamps for mount security, cuts, deterioration or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0061-1
0061 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Automotive style hose clamps or Mormon style hose clamps may be used to secure intake tubing.
NOTE
To prevent FOD cover turbo air inlet on engine.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Automotive style hose clamps or Mormon style hose clamps may be used to secure intake tubing.
1. Install turbocharger intake tubing (Figure 1, Items 6 and 8) as an assembly on the turbocharger.
2. Slide air intake tubing (Figure 1, Item 4) into turbo charger intake tubing (Figure 1, Item 6) elbow.
3. Slide air intake tubing (Figure 1, Item 1) on air cleaner assembly (Figure 1, Item 9).
4. Tighten turbocharger clamp (Figure 1, Item 7).
5. Tighten air intake clamp (Figure 1, Item 5).
6. Tighten air cleaner assembly hose clamp (Figure 1, Item 10).
7. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
8. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0061-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0062 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect air cleaner assembly for mounting security, damaged clamps/hoses, filter cap security or any damage
affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0062-1
0062 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0062-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0063 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR FILTERS
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect air filters for mount security, filter damage, dirt impregnation or damage affecting
serviceability.
END OF TASK
0063-1
0063 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Air cleaner assembly is located on the left side of the vehicle behind the lattice panel door
NOTE
Note position of filter cap evacuator (Figure 1, Item 6) seven o’clock for reinstallation.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Install filter cap with evacuator (Figure 1, Item 6) at the seven o’clock position.
END OF TASK
0063-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0064 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
MUFFLER
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect muffler and muffler clamp mounting security, evidence of cracks or leaks or any damage
affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0064-1
0064 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Position muffler (Figure 1, Item 3) in mount bracket while aligning muffler inlet tube over engine
weldment exhaust pipe (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Install four bolts, washers, and nuts (Figure 1, Items 4, 5 and 8) (One mount not shown) and
tighten.
3. Position rear exhaust pipe (Figure 1, Item 7) on muffler outlet port.
4. Secure exhaust pipe clamp (Figure 1, Item 6).
5. Position muffler inlet exhaust pipe clamp (Figure 1, Item 2).
6. Secure exhaust pipe clamp (Figure 1, Item 2).
7. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
8. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
9. Install center deck plate (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0064-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0065 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
EXHAUST PIPES
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect exhaust pipes, pipe clamps and pipe hanger mounting security, evidence of cracks or
leaks or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0065-1
0065 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Position rear exhaust pipe (Figure 1, Item 6) over muffler outlet tube and in hanger clamp.
2. Position the muffler outlet exhaust pipe clamp (Figure 1, Item 5) and tighten.
3. Position the filter guard (Figure 1, Item 8).
4. Install 2 filter guard clamps (Figure 1, Item 9) (One not shown) and tighten.
5. Position the tail pipe hanger clamp (Figure 1, Item 7) and tighten.
6. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
7. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
8. Install center deck plate (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Position new gasket (Figure 1, Item 10) and engine exhaust weldment pipe (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Install 4 exhaust mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) (One not shown). Torque to 35-38 ft lbs.
3. Install muffler (WP 0064).
4. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
5. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
6. Install center deck plate (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0065-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0066 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect front and rear axle assemblies for mount security, leaks at the inner and outer hubs and
seals and for any damage affecting serviceability.
REMOVAL
Front Axle
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under these components being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting equipment for
heavy components. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
Place a drip pan under the brake lines and steering hoses during removal.
6. Disconnect brake lines (WP 0075) from axle brake manifold and remove any hardware securing
brake lines to axle.
7. Plug lines to prevent brake system contamination.
8. Tie brake lines to the side to avoid any interference when removing axle.
9. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from steer cylinder (WP 0117) plug and cap.
10. Position an axle jack or other suitable mobile lifting device under each end of the axle (Figure 1,
Item 1), and raise axle enough to relieve tension on axle assembly.
11. Remove 4 axle mounting nuts and washers (Figure 1, Items 3 and 4) (2 on each end).
12. Lower both front axle jacks until the axle clears the mounting bolts (Figure 1, Item 2).
13. Using axle jacks roll the front axle assembly out from the vehicle through the wheel housing.
END OF TASK
0066-1
0066 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
Front Axle
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under these components being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting equipment for
heavy components. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury or death.
1. Using a hoist and sling raise the replacement front axle assembly and place on the axle jacks.
2. Using axle jacks roll the front axle assembly under the vehicle through the wheel housing.
3. Position the front axle assembly under the 4 mounting bolts (Figure 1, Item 2).
4. Raise the front axle assembly allowing the mount bolts to align with the axle mount holes.
5. Install four axle-mounting washers and nuts (Figure 1, Items 3 and 4) 2 on each end of the front
axle and tighten.
6. Install front shocks on lower mounts (WP 0084).
0066-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0066 00
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
Rear Axle
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under these components being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting equipment for
heavy components. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
Place a drip pan under the brake lines and steering hoses during removal.
6. Disconnect brake lines (WP 0075) from rear axle brake manifold and remove any hardware
securing brake lines to axle.
7. Plug lines to prevent system contamination.
8. Position an axle jack or other suitable mobile lifting device under each end of the axle (Figure 2,
Item 1), and raise axle enough to relieve tension on axle assembly.
9. Remove 8 axle mounting nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) 4 each side and lower rear axle (Figure 2, Item
1) until axle clears bolts (Figure 2, Item 2).
10. Using axle jacks roll the rear axle assembly out from the vehicle through the wheel housing.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Rear Axle
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under these components being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting equipment for
heavy components. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury or death.
0066-3
0066 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
1. Using a hoist and sling raise the replacement rear axle assembly and place on the axle jacks.
2. Using axle jacks roll the rear axle assembly under the vehicle through the wheel housing.
3. Position the rear axle assembly under the 8 mounting bolts (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Raise the rear axle assembly allowing the mount bolts to align with the axle mount holes.
5. Install 8 axle-mounting nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) 4 on each end of the rear axle. Torque nuts to 390-
410 ft lbs.
6. Install rear shocks on lower mounts (WP 0084).
7. Remove axle jacks.
8. Connect brake lines (WP 0075) to axle brake manifold and secure.
9. Install rear drive shaft (rear axle end only) (WP 0070).
10. Service rear axle assembly (WP 0067).
11. Perform rear brake system bleeding procedure (WP 0075).
12. Install rear wheels (WP 0083).
13. Lower vehicle (WP 0021).
14. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
15. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0066-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0067 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
AXLE SERVICE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0017
Tools and Special Tools WP 0021
Hydraulic Floor Jack, 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 15)
Jack Stands, 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 16) Materials/Parts
Toque Wrench, 60 ft-lb (WP 0125, Item 3) Mobile Fluid, 424 (WP 0127, Item 60)
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8) Anti-Seize Tape (WP 0127, Item 50)
INSPECTION
Visually inspect front and rear axles for mount security, leaks at the inner and outer seals and plugs and
for any damage affecting serviceability.
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
0067-1
0067 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
SERVICE
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
Front Axle Lubricant Service
1. Jack vehicle all 4 wheels (WP 0021).
2. Place a drain pan under the front axle drain plug.
3. Remove front axle fill plug (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Remove front axle drain plug (Figure 2, Item 1) and drain lubricant.
5. Clean and install drain plug (Figure 2, Item 1) and snug.
0067-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0067 00
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
0067-3
0067 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
0067-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0068 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE FRICTION PLATES (FRONT AXLE)
INITIAL SETUP:
Inspection
Inspect front axle friction plates for excessive wear, see Figure 2.
0068-1
0068 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Removal
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
When changing friction plates, change all plates, do not mix new and old plates on the axle. To ensure
long brake plate life, ensure oil is changed at proper intervals to ensure worn friction material does not
damage seals.
If old plates are reused, note orientation of brake friction plates during removal and reinstall in the same
order.
NOTE
It may be necessary to tap the hub housing with a mallet to crack the seal.
NOTE
There are three counter plates and two friction plates. If plates are to be reused note position and
reinstall in same order.
0068-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0068 00
10. Inspect friction plates for wear (Figure 2). If the grid pattern is no longer visible they need to be
replaced.
Installation
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Lubricate o-ring and brake friction plates with Mobil 424 before installation. Ensure o-ring seats squarely
in the groove.
1. Install 3 counter plates (Figure 1, Item 9) and 2 friction plates (Figure 1, Item 14).
2. Install brake pressure plate (Figure 1, Item 4), insure that chamfer on pressure plate is installed
toward brake pack.
3. Install snap ring (Figure 1, Item 5) into housing.
4. Apply slight brake pedal pressure and observe the piston activating and retracting.
5. Install new o-ring (Figure 1, Item 3) onto housing mount plate (Figure 1, Item 2).
6. Position hub housing (Figure 1, Item 7) onto housing mount plate (Figure 1, Item 2). Rotate as
necessary to ensure gear teeth engage.
7. Ensure tapped holes between the hub housing and housing plate line up.
8. Apply Loctite 242 to the threads of housing mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 1).
9. Install housing mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) (one shown) and torque to 42 ft-lbs.
10. Service front axle hubs (WP 0067).
NOTE
Brakes must be bled (WP 0075) if brake caliper is removed from housing or leaks during the friction
plate installation process.
END OF TASK
0068-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0069 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE FRICTION PLATES (REAR AXLE)
INITIAL SETUP:
Inspection
Inspect rear axle friction plates for excessive wear, see Figure 2.
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
CAUTION
Axles are fitted with brake controlled back offs to maintain constant clearance of (0.02 in) within the brake
pack. It is important that only one side at a time is dismantled to prevent damage to the bearings and to
preserve the crown wheel and pinion backlash settings.
NOTE
When changing friction plates, change all plates, do not mix new and old plates on the axle. To ensure
long brake plate life, ensure oil is changed at proper intervals to ensure worn friction material does not
damage seals.
If old plates are reused, note orientation of brake friction plates during removal and reinstall in the same
order.
0069-1
0069 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Removal
WARNING
Severe burns may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions when using heating devices to
remove mounting bolts.
NOTE
Heating differential housing (Figure 1, Item 1) at bolt thread location will aid in the removal of mount bolts
(Figure 1, Item 6). If a mount bolt does break during removal, extract the bolt after first removing the
differential housing plate see steps 13 through 17.
0069-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0069 00
9. Carefully separate the stub axle arm (Figure 1, Item 5) from the differential housing (Figure 1,
Item 1) which have two position pins (Figure 1, Item 4) (only one shown). If necessary use a soft-
faced mallet, tap the casing and separate from differential using pry bar. Clean all housing mating
surfaces.
10. Remove spine axle rod assembly (Figure 1, Item 7) from the axle housing, which includes three
friction plates (Figure 1, Item 11), four counter plates (Figure 1, Item 10), plate carrier gear
(Figure 1, Item 9) and snap rings (Figure 1, Items 8 and 12).
11. Remove snap ring (Figure 1, Item 12).
12. Remove 3 friction plates (Figure 1, Item 11) and 4 counter plates (Figure 1, Item 10).
NOTE
The brake pack comprises three friction plates and four counter plates. There are two counter plates
(Figure 1 Item 10) one at each end of the brake pack, which are not secured to the plate carrier (Figure 1
Item 9). If plates are to be reused note position, reinstall plates in same order.
Inspect friction plates for wear (Figure 2). If the grid pattern is no longer visible they need to be replaced.
Replace all counter plates and friction plates as an assembly.
NOTE
Heating differential housing (Figure 1, Item 1) at bolt thread location will aid in the removal of mount
bolts (Figure 1, Item 6).
END OF TASK
0069-3
0069 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
On assembly of the brake packs, the oil flow holes must be aligned with each other when being fitted to
the brake pack carrier. If plates are to be reused position should have been noted in disassembly and
reinstall in same order as original.
1. Ensure that the three alignment pins (Figure 1, Item 13) are placed in the grooves of the stub axle
arm (Figure 1, Item 5) securing them with grease. Ensure the pins are fully pushed into their
location holes in the housing.
NOTE
If plates are to be reused position should have been noted in disassembly and reinstall in same order as
original. New friction plates are to be soaked in Mobile 424 prior to assembly.
2. Install the three friction plates (Figure1, Item 11), four counter plates (Figure 1, Item 10), plate
carrier gear (Figure 1, Item 9) and snap rings (Figure 1, Item 8 and 12) on the spine axle rod
(Figure 1, Item 7) as one assembly.
3. Install the spline axle rod friction plate assembly (Figure 1, Item 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12) into the
stub axle arm (Figure 1, Item 5). Align and push the assembly forward onto the alignment pins
(Figure 1, Item 13) (2 not shown) that are located in the drive stub axle arm (Figure 1, Item 5).
4. Ensure the spline axle rod is engaged within the stub axle arm’s (Figure 1, Item 5) spline gear.
5. Ensure the oiling holes on the friction plates and counter plates match up.
6. Apply loctite 574 on the stub axle arm (Figure 1, Item 5) mating surface.
7. Carefully hoist the stub axle arm assembly (Figure 1, Item 5) onto the differential housing (Figure
1, Item 1). If necessary using a soft-faced mallet, taping the case.
8. Apply loctite 242 to 14 mount bolt threads (Figure 1, Item 6) (one shown).
9. Snug all mount bolts (Figure 1, Item 6) then torque in a crisscross pattern to 178 ft-lbs.
10. Install rear axle assembly (WP 0066).
11. Service rear axle (WP 0067).
NOTE
Brakes must be bled (WP 0075) if brake caliper is removed from housing or leaks during the friction
plate installation process.
END OF TASK
0069-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0070 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
DRIVE SHAFTS
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0021
Tools and Special Tools
Hydraulic Floor Jack, 5 Ton (WP 0126, Item 15) Materials/Parts
Jack Stand, 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 16) Sealant, Loctite 262 (WP 0127, Item 38)
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Engine Shut Down
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
INSPECTION
Visually inspect drive shafts (front and rear) for mount security, dry or worn u-joints or any damage
affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under these components being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting equipment for
heavy components. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury or death.
0070-1
0070 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0070-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0070 00
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0070-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0071 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC MASTER CYLINDER (BRAKES)
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0020
Tools and Special Tools WP 0087
Wheel Chocks (WP 0126, Item 1) WP 0091
Floor Jack 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 15)
Jack Stands 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 16) Materials/Parts
Floor Creeper (WP 0125, Item 19) Cloth, Lint-Free (WP 0127, Item 34)
Drip Pan, 1 qt (WP 0126, Item 2) Caps and Pugs (WP 0127, Item 7)
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8) Brake Fluid, Hydraulic (WP 0127, Item 18)
INSPECTION
Inspect master cylinder and brake pedal linkage for security. Inspect hose connections and master
cylinder piston for leakage. Tighten hose connection if required. Replace master cylinder and pedal
linkage as necessary.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
Before servicing brake system components, make sure that the machine is on level ground. Set the
parking brake. Put chocks on each side of all four wheels. Disconnect the battery so that the engine
cannot be started. If you do not take these precautions, the machine could run you over.
1. Release engine cover rubber tie-downs and open engine cover (WP 0020).
2. Remove both front seats by pressing release lever and sliding seat forward (WP 0087).
3. Remove seat cover to have access to brake master cylinder (WP 0020). Use floor creeper to
have access to brake valve located under the front of vehicle.
4. Disconnect battery cables (WP 0091).
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid is combustible. Do not use or store near flames, sparks, or hot surfaces. Use only in a well-
ventilated area. If hydraulic fluid is decomposed by heat, toxic gases are released. Prolonged contact with
liquid or mist can cause dermatitis and severe skin irritation. If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash contacted area with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. If
liquid contacts eyes, flush eyes with water immediately. If fluid is swallowed, do not try to vomit; fluid may
enter the lungs and cause severe injury. Get immediate medical attention. When handling liquid, wear
rubber gloves and impervious clothing to minimize contact. If prolonged contact with mist is likely, wear
NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator.
NOTE
0071-1
0071 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Plunger (Figure 1, Item 9) will drop as master cylinder is withdrawn from mounting hole.
5. Disconnect brake valve fluid tubing (Figure 1, Item 6) from the brake master cylinder and install
caps and plugs to prevent spillage.
6. Disconnect brake hoses from brake master cylinder and install cap and plugs for reservoir hoses
(Figure 1, Item 3).
7. Remove bolt and lock nut (not shown) from torque arm rod (Figure 1, Item 11) and discard lock
nut.
NOTE
Requires one person to secure bolt while other person removes lock nuts under the front of vehicle
8. Remove three bolts (two shown), flat washers and lock nuts (Figure 1, Item 8) and discard lock
nut.
9. Remove master cylinder (Figure 1, Item 7).
10. Disconnect threaded rod (Figure 1, Item 9) and jam nut (Figure 1, Item 10) from brake master
cylinder (Figure 1, Item 7).
11. Disconnect fittings (Figure 1, Item 4) from the brake master cylinder and store them for future
installation (discard over-rings).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Before servicing brake system components, make sure that the machine is on level ground. Set the
parking brake. Put chocks on each side of all four wheels. Disconnect the battery so that the engine
cannot be started. If you do not take these precautions, the machine could run you over.
WARNING
0071-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0071 00
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
1. Install two fittings (Figure 4, Item 4) with over-rings to the brake master cylinder (Figure 1, Item 7).
NOTE
When inserting master cylinder in mounting hole, it is necessary to align plunger (Figure 1, Item 9) in
rubber boot opening at the same time.
2. Align master cylinder (Figure 1, Item 7) with mounting holes and install three bolts (two shown),
flat washers, and locknuts (Figure 1, Item 8).
3. Verify that return spring (Figure 1, Item 2) moves torque arm (Figure 1, Item 11) to start position.
4. With torque arm (Figure 1, Item 11) in start (brakes off) position, verify brake pedal (Figure 1, Item
12) clearance is 7-1/2 in. from front cab wall. If necessary, adjust rod (Figure 1, Item 1) to obtain
clearance. Verify proper thread insertion of rod ends.
5. Loosen jam nut (Figure 1, Item 10) and threaded rod (Figure 1, Item 9) until it contacts the piston
of master cylinder (Figure 1, Item 7). Now back off plunger 1-1/2 turns, tighten jam nut (Figure 1,
Item 10). Verify proper thread insertion and brake pedal free play.
6. Remove protective caps. Connect two reservoir hoses (Figure 1, Item 3) and two brake valve
tubes (Figure 1, Item 5).
7. Bleed and service brake system (WP 0075).
8. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
9. Install seat cover (WP 0020).
10. Install both front seats. (WP 0087).
11. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0071-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0072 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STOPLIGHT SWITCH
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
Multi-Meter (WP 0125, Item 6) References
WP 0021
Tools and Special Tools WP 0091
Chock Blocks (WP 0126, Item 1)
Floor Jack 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 15) Materials/Parts
Jack Stands 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 16) N/A
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required N/A
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic (2)
INSPECTION
Visually inspect for security and integrity of stoplight switch (Figure 1, Item 3) and electrical connectors.
Access to stoplight switch is under the front of the vehicle.
END OF TASK
TEST
STOPLIGHT SWITCH
1. Ohms test switch for continuity across switch terminals (Figure 1, Item 4). Switch should have no
continuity without brake application.
2. Ohms test switch for continuity across switch terminals (Figure 1, Item 4) with brake applied.
Continuity should be measured.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
0072-1
0072 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Install rear jam nut (Figure 1, Item 2) on stoplight switch (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Install stoplight switch (Figure 1, Item 3) in bracket and install front jam nut (Figure 1, Item 2) (not
shown).
3. Do not tighten jam nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) at this time.
END OF TASK
ADJUSTMENT
1. With brake pedal in the off position, adjust jam nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) until plunger (Figure 1, Item
1) contacts brake pedal striker. Stoplight switch terminals (Figure 1, Item 4) should not have
continuity when tested with a multi-meter.
2. Continue to adjust jam nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) so stoplight switch (Figure 1, Item 3) is one turn
(thread) closer to striker.
3. Verify that when brake pedal is depressed, switch terminals (Figure 1, Item 4) should have
continuity when tested with multi-meter.
4. Verify that when brake pedal is released, switch terminals (Figure 1, Item 4) should not have
continuity when tested with multi-meter.
5. Install wires on switch terminals (Figure 1, Item 4).
6. Tighten jam nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) at this time.
7. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
8. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
9. Lower vehicle (WP 0021).
END OF TASK
0072-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0073 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE VALVE
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECT
Visually inspect for brake valve for mount security, fluid leaks at the valve, fittings, and brake lines/hoses
and for any damage affecting serviceability.
TEST
Ohms test brake fails switch BFS (FO-1) for no continuity (Open). Brake fail switch BFS is a normally
open switch therefore no continuity should exist. Replace BFS if continuity is measured.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
Before servicing brake system components, make sure that the machine is on level ground. Set the hand
brake.
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
0073-1
0073 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0073-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0074 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE RESERVOIRS
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Open engine cover (WP 0020).
2. Check brake reservoir for cracks, leaks, or deterioration. Replace as necessary.
3. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
SERVICE
1. Open engine cover (WP 0020).
2. Check that the fluid level in brake reservoir is at the full mark.
3. If reservoir is low service to full mark with Hydraulic Fluid MIL-PRF-5606 (WP 0017).
4. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Removal is the same for both brake reservoirs.
0074-1
0074 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
LH reservoir goes to rear brakes and RH reservoir goes to front brakes.
Installation is the same for both brake reservoirs.
CAUTION
Do not use automotive brake fluid to service the system. Use Hydraulic Fluid (WP 0127, Item 18)
4. Refill brake reservoirs (Figure 1, Item 1) with hydraulic brake fluid to the full mark.
5. Bleed brakes (WP 0075).
6. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
7. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
8. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0074-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0075 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE SYSTEM/BLEEDING
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECT
Visually inspect the brake system lines and hoses for mount security, leaks, chaffing, crimping and for
any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0075-1
0075 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0075-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0075 00
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
0075-3
0075 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
CAUTION
The use of incorrect brake fluid will cause serious damage to seals, which could cause brake failure.
NOTE
Location of brake valve is under center console panel.
Fill the brake reservoirs with the correct fluid and make sure the fluid levels are not allowed to fall below
the MINIMUM mark during the bleeding process.
NOTE
Clean all brake bleeder ports prior to clear hose connection then place the free end in the bleed container
(Figure 3, Item 4).
END OF TASK
0075-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0076 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PARK POSITION MOTOR (LINEAR ACTUATOR)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect park position motor for mount security (clamp and clevis), wiring connector for corrosion,
loose pins, wiring for broken insulation or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0076-1
0076 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Support park position motor actuator shaft from dropping when top clevis is removed.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If replacing park position motor, remove bottom clevis from linear actuator and retain for
reinstallation.
1. Attach bottom clevis (Figure 1, Item 8) to park position actuator rod (if necessary).
2. Align park position motor (Figure 1, Item 9) onto park position mount bracket (Figure 1, Item 14).
3. Install clevis pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
4. Install cotter pin (Figure 1, Item 1).
5. Install clamp onto motor (Figure 1, Item 10).
6. Install bolt, washer, and nut (Figure 1, Item 5, 12 and 11) and tighten.
7. Position clevis (Figure 1, Item 8) onto park position caliper lever (Figure1, Item 6).
8. Install shoulder bolt (Figure 1, Item 7) and nut (Figure 1, Item 14).
9. Connect electrical connector (Figure 1, Item 13).
10. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
11. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
12. Install center access panel (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0076-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0076 00
END OF TASK
0076-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0077 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PARK POSITION BRAKE LIMIT SWITCHES
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect upper and lower switch assemblies for mount security, corrosion, loose wiring or broken terminals
or any damage affecting serviceability.
TEST
Upper Limit Switch
NOTE
Disconnect battery negative cables prior to limit switch tests.
END OF TASK
0077-1
0077 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Tag limit switch wires to aid with reinstallation. Wire # 63 is connected to the normally closed contact and
wire # 62 is connected to the common contact.
END OF TASK
0077-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0077 00
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Wire # 63 is connected to the normally closed contact and wire # 62 is connected to the common contact.
3. Position wiring leads # 62 (Figure 2, Item 5) and # 63 (Figure 2, Item 3) on the proper terminal.
4. Install 2 screws (Figure 2, Item 2) and tighten.
5. Position limit switch guard (Figure 1, Item 2) on bracket (Figure 1, Item 3).
6. Secure with two screws (Figure 1, Item 1).
7. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
8. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
9. If necessary adjust upper limit switch (WP 0076).
10. Install center deck plate.
END OF TASK
0077-3
0077 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Note position of spring arm assembly (9:00).
4. Remove spring arm assembly (Figure 3, Item 11) from switch shaft.
5. Remove 2 mount bolts (Figure 3, Item 10) and nuts.
6. Drop switch assembly (Figure 3, Item 2).
7. Remove 2 cover mount screws (Figure 3, Item 9).
8. Remove cover (Figure 3, Item 7) from switch assembly.
9. Loosen 2 wire mount screws (Figure 3, Item 4).
10. Pull 2 wires (Figure 3, Item 3) from switch assembly.
11. Remove wire stain relief plug (Figure 3, Item 8).
END OF TASK
0077-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0077 00
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Remove cover from new switch assembly.
NOTE
Install spring arm assembly at the 9:00 o-clock position.
END OF TASK
0077-5 /6 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0078 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PARK POSITION CALIPER
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0020
Tools and Special Tools WP 0091
Torque Wrench,12 ft-lb (WP 0125, Item 2)
Torque Wrench, 188 ft-lb (WP 0125, Item 3) Materials/Parts
Wheel Chock Blocks (WP 0126, Item 1) Cloth, Lint-Free (WP 0127, Item 34)
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Engine Shut Down
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
INSPECTION
Visually inspect the park position caliper for proper mounting, damaged components, brake disc pads
(proper thickness) and all components for any damage affecting serviceability.
0078-1
0078 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Proper PPE is required when performing maintenance on brake systems.
Turn ignition switch on, release the hand brake and place the transmission shifter in gear to
release the park position caliper prior to performing caliper removal and replacement. Turn
ignition switch off.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Loosen brake caliper pad adjustment lock bolt and open the pads prior to installation of the caliper
assembly.
NOTE
Install caliper actuator arm on the caliper spline shaft at the 9:00 o-clock position.
5. Install caliper actuator arm (Figure 1, Item 7) and bottom clevis (Figure 1, Item 9) as an assembly.
6. Install clevis mount bolt and nut (Figure 1, Item 1).
7. Install caliper arm lock nut (Figure 1, Item 6).
8. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
NOTE
Turn ignition switch on, release the hand brake and place the gear shifter in park and check that
the park position motor engages the disk. Place the gear shifter in any gear and observe the park
position motor disengages the brakes. Turn ignition switch off.
END OF TASK
0078-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0079 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HAND BRAKE LEVER
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0005
Tools and Special Tools
Chock Blocks (WP 0126, Item 1) Materials/Parts
General Mechanic Tool Box (WP 0125, Item 8) N/A
INSPECTION
Visually inspect hand brake lever for corrosion, bent or broken parts and security of mounting. Ensure
lever and adjustment knob is properly lubricated and operates smoothly.
END OF TASK
0079-1
0079 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
TEST
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
0079-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0079 00
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0079-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0080 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HAND BRAKE CABLE
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect hand brake cable assembly for any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0080-1
0080 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
The hand brake cable may be removed and reinstalled without removing center plate or jacking vehicle.
Note the orientation of cable routing during removal to aid in the reinstallation process.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0080-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0081 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HAND BRAKE CALIPER
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
N/A
INSPECTION
Visually inspect hand brake cable assembly for any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
NOTE
The hand brake caliper may be removed and reinstalled without removing center plate or jacking vehicle.
0081-1
0081 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Note the orientation of cable routing during removal to aid in the reinstallation process.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0081-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0082 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HAND BRAKE LIMIT SWITCH
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect protective boot, wiring and switch assembly for damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
TEST
1. Ohms test across hand brake switch terminals (Figure 1, Item 3) for continuity (normally closed).
2. Replace switch if continuity test fails.
0082-1
0082 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0082-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0083 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
WHEELS AND TIRES
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0021
Tools and Special Tools
Hydraulic Floor Jack (WP 0125, Item 15) Materials/Parts
Torque Wrench, 400 ft-lb (WP 0125, Item 5) N/A
General Mechanics Tool Kit (WP 0125, Item 8)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Engine Shut Down
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
INSPECTION
Tires
Visually inspect tires for cuts, foreign objects stuck in the tread, proper inflation, rubber dry rot, and for
any damage affecting serviceability. (Tire inflation pressure 80 PSI)
Wheels
Visually inspect wheel assembly mount security (loose lug nuts), bent rims and for any damage affecting
serviceability. (Wheel lug nut torque is 400 ft-lb)
END OF TASK
0083-1
0083 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lifting heavy components. Never permit any part of the body to be
positioned under these components being lifted or suspended. Use suitable lifting equipment for
heavy components. Failure to follow these instructions can result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
All 4 wheel removal and installation procedures are the same.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Failure to follow proper wheel installation procedures could result in wheel mounting failure and or
loss of vehicle control.
Do not apply lubricant to wheel studs, as it will result in inaccurate tightening torque.
1. Clean and dry wheel lug nuts, studs, and mating surfaces.
2. Position wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 2) on studs.
3. Install 4 wheel lug nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) and snug.
4. Torque wheel lug nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) in a crisscross pattern to 400 ft lbs.
5. Lower the vehicle (WP 0021).
6. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
WARNING
Perform an additional wheel lug nut re-torque after 1 and 8 hours of operation, then monthly or every
250 hours of operation.
7. Re-torque wheel lug nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) in a crisscross pattern to 400 ft-lb.
END OF TASK
0083-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0084 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SHOCK ABSORBER (FRONT AND REAR)
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0020
Tools and Special Tools WP 0087
Hydraulic Floor Jack 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 15)
Jack Stand 5 Ton (WP 0125, Item 16) Materials/Parts
General Mechanics Tool Kit (WP 0125, Item 8) N/A
INSPECTION
Visually inspect shock absorbers for broken mounts, loose mount bolts, leaks or any damage affecting
serviceability.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
Front Shock Absorbers
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Front Shock Absorbers
NOTE
Shock may have to be collapsed or expanded to line up with the bottom mount.
3. Install mount bolt (Figure 1, Item 4), washer (Figure 1, Item 6) and nut (Figure 1, Item 7) and
tighten.
4. Repeat steps 1, 2 and 3 to install the other front shock absorber.
5. Install center console plate (WP 0020).
6. Install seats (WP 0087).
7. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0084-1
0084 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Removal
Rear Shock Absorbers
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Rear Shock Absorbers
NOTE
Shock may have to be collapsed or expanded to line up with the bottom mount.
3. Install mount bolt (Figure 1, Item 4), washer (Figure 1, Item 6) and nut (Figure 1, Item 7) and
tighten.
4. Repeat steps 1, 2 and 3 to install the other front shock absorber.
5. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
6. Install rear deck plate.
END OF TASK
0084-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0085 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SPRING ASSEMBLY (FRONT AND REAR)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect all spring assemblies for mount security, leaf cracks, and breaks or for any damage
affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
Front Springs
0085-1
0085 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Front Springs
1. Position spring assembly in the shackles (Figure 1, Item 9 and 5).
2. Install leaf mount bolt and nut (Figure 1, Items 6 and 7) and tighten.
3. Raise axle jack and apply pressure to the spring assembly.
4. Install spring plate (Figure 1, Item 3) on aligning pin.
5. Install 4 spring mount bolts and washers (Figure 1, Items 1 and 2) and tighten.
6. Install lower shock mount bolt (WP 0084).
7. Install 2 axle mount nuts and washers (WP 0066).
8. Install front wheels (WP 0083).
9. Lower vehicle (WP 0021).
10. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
11. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
0085-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0085 00
Rear Springs
1. Chock front wheels.
2. Disconnect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
3. Jack vehicle rear (WP 0021).
4. Remove rear wheels (WP 0083).
5. Position floor jack under the axle end assembly and apply pressure to the axle.
6. Remove lower rear shock mount bolt (WP 0084).
7. Remove 1 rear leaf mount bolt and nut (Figure 2, Item 8).
8. Remove 2 front leaf mount bolts and nuts (Figure 2, Items 1 and 3) and remove bolts.
9. Remove 4 spring mount bolts, washers and nuts (Figure 2, Items 4 and 5) and remove bolts.
10. Remove spring plate (Figure 2, Item 6).
11. Remove 4 rear axle mount nuts (WP 0066).
12. Lower axle jack 1 to 2 inches.
13. Remove spring assembly (Figure 2, Item 9).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Rear Springs
1. Position spring assembly (Figure 2, Item 9) in the shackles.
2. Install rear leaf mount bolt and nut (Figure 1, Items 6 and 7) and tighten.
3. Install 2 front leaf mount bolts and nuts (Figure 2, Items 1 and 3) and tighten.
4. Raise axle jack and apply pressure to the spring assembly.
5. Install spring plate (Figure 2, Item 6) on aligning pin.
6. Install 4 spring mount bolts, washers and nuts (Figure 2, Items 4 and 5) and tighten.
7. Install rear lower shock mount bolt (WP 0084).
8. Install 4 rear axle mount nuts (WP 0066).
9. Install rear wheels (WP 0083).
10. Lower vehicle (WP 0021).
11. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
12. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0085-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0086 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PINTLE HITCH
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
N/A
Tools and Special Tools
Wheel Chocks (WP 0126, Item 1) Materials/Parts
Grease Gun (WP 0125, Item 26) Grease (WP 00127, Item 15)
Torque Wrench, 100 ft-lb (WP 0125, Item 3)
General Mechanics Tool Kit (WP 0125, Item 8) Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down
Personnel Required
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
WARNING
Two person lift is required for adjustment of front and rear towing hitches. One person will use both hands
to hold center bar while second person adjust pins. Hitch side weights 78 lbs, when adjusting height avoid
all pinch areas.
INSPECTION
Inspect pintle hitch assembly for mount security, worn, damaged, or missing parts, and excessive
movement of upper jaw. When closed, the maximum gap between the upper and lower jaw is 3/16 of an
inch. Replace hook assembly if gap exceeds 3/16 of an inch. When closed, lift up on latch and measure
the distance (slop) between the hook and the latch. Replace latch if gap exceeds ¼ of an inch.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
NOTE
Figure 1 illustrates a front (exterior) and rear (interior) view of the pintle hitch assembly.
The front and rear hitch assemblies are identical. Removal and replacement procedures are the same.
1. Chock wheels.
2. Remove cotter pin (Figure 1, Item 9).
WARNING
When removing the nut and washer keep constant pressure on spring. Wear protective gloves. Remove
nut slowly and be careful not to let spring release quickly. Quick release of spring may cause injury.
3. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 1) and washer (Figure 1, Item 8) together while holding spring.
4. Remove spring (Figure 1, Item 2).
5. Remove six mounting nuts (Figure 1, Item 7).
6. Remove six mounting bolts (Figure 1, Item 5).
7. Hold rear hitch portion (Figure 1, Item 3).
8. Slide front hitch portion (Figure 1, Item 4) from rear hitch portion (Figure 1, Item 4).
9. Remove hitch assembly.
END OF TASK
0086-1
0086 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Ensure the zerk fittings (Figure 1, Item 6) on front and rear hitch portions are mounted with the zerks
facing the ground.
1. Position pintle and slide front hitch portion (Figure 1, Item 4) into rear hitch portion (Figure 1, Item
3)
2. Install six mounting bolts (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Install six mounting nuts (Figure 1, Item 7) loosely.
4. Install spring (Figure 1, Item 2).
5. Install washer (Figure 1, Item 8) and nut (Figure 1, Item 1) loosely.
6. Ensure pintle is aligned and torque six mounting nuts (Figure 1, Item 7) to 60 ft-lbs minimum.
7. Tighten nut (Figure 1, Item 1) until it is snug against the spring.
8. Tighten nut (Figure, Item 1) an additional ½ turn minimum.
9. Align nut (Figure 1, Item 1) with cotter pin slot.
10. Install cotter pin (Figure 1, Item 9).
11. Lubricate pintle hitch at 2 zerk fittings (Figure 1, Item 6).
12. Remove wheel chocks.
13. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0086-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0087 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SEAT
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect seat for tears, rips, deterioration or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
NOTE
The removal process is the same for both the driver and passenger seats.
0087-1
0087 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0087-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0088 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SEAT BELT
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect seat belts for mount security, tears, rips, or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
NOTE
The removal/installation process is the same for all seat belt assemblies.
0088-1
0088 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
1. Remove bolt and washer (Figure 1, Item 3) securing seat belt (Figure 1, Item 2) to seat (Figure 1,
Item 1).
2. Remove belt.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0088-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0089 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Check gauge (Figure 1, Item 1) to ensure arrow is in the green area (195 psi).
2. Visually check fire bottle (Figure 1, Item 2) and hose (Figure 1, Item 3) for dents, cracks, or
leakage.
3. Ensure safety pin and seal are installed.
END OF TASK
0089-1
0089 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
1. Open fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 2) support bracket clamp (Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Remove fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 2).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Install fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 2) into the fire extinguisher support bracket.
2. Close fire extinguisher support bracket clamp (Figure 1, Item 4).
END OF TASK
0089-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0090 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BATTERY
INITIAL SETUP:
References
Test Equipment WP 0020
Load Tester (WP 0125, Item 17) TM 9-6140-200-14
INSPECTION/TEST
1. Open battery access cover.
2. Inspect battery posts for corrosion and damage affecting serviceability.
3. Inspect batteries for cracks, which allow acid leaks from the batteries.
4. Replace as necessary.
5. Inspect battery hold down strips, j-bolts and battery compartment for corrosion or any damage
affecting serviceability.
6. Load Test batteries with a battery load tester TM 9-6140-200-14.
END OF TASK
WARNING
BATTERIES
• To avoid injury, eye protection and acid-resistant gloves must be worn when working around batteries.
Do not smoke, use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries. If a battery
is giving off gases, it can explode and cause injury to personnel. Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID
tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or a tool contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in
instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and injury to personnel.
• Sulfuric acid contained in batteries can cause serious burns. If battery corrosion or electrolyte makes
contact with skin, eyes or clothing, take immediate action to stop the corrosive burning effects. Failure to
follow these procedures may result in injury or death.
1. Eyes. Flush with cold water for no less than 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately.
2. Skin. Flush with large amounts of cold water until all acid is removed. Seek medical attention as
required.
3. Internal. If corrosion or electrolyte is ingested, drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with
milk of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetable oil. Seek medical attention immediately.
4. Clothing/Equipment. Wash the affected area with large amounts of cold water. Neutralize acid
with baking soda or household ammonia.
0090-1
0090 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
To avoid electrical shock or damage to equipment, disconnect negative battery cables first, then positive
battery cables.
NOTE
Battery terminal covers removed from illustration for clarity.
NOTE
Replace batteries in pairs.
END OF TASK
0090-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0090 00
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Always connect positive battery cables first to avoid equipment damage.
NOTE
Battery terminal covers are not shown in illustration for clarity.
END OF TASK
0090-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0091 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BATTERY CABLES
INITIAL SETUP:
References
Test Equipment WP 0020
N/A WP 0026
WP 0035
Tools and Special Tools
Wire Brush (WP 0125, Item 28) Materials/Parts
General Mechanics Tool Kit (WP 0125, Item 8) Sodium Bicarbonate (WP 0127, Item 46)
Wire Ties (WP 0127, Item 47)
Personnel Required Petrolatum Technical (WP 0127, Item 32)
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
Equipment Condition
N/A
INSPECTION
Inspect cables at the batteries, starter and at the transmission bell housing. Inspect all connections for
security, corrosion, breaks in cable insulation, chaffing and damage affecting serviceability. Replace as
necessary.
END OF TASK
WARNING
BATTERIES
• To avoid injury, eye protection and acid-resistant gloves must be worn when working around batteries.
Do not smoke, use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries. If a battery
is giving off gases, it can explode and cause injury to personnel. Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID
tags, watches, and bracelets. If jewelry or a tool contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in
instant heating or electric shock, damage to equipment, and injury to personnel.
• Sulfuric acid contained in batteries can cause serious burns. If battery corrosion or electrolyte makes
contact with skin, eyes or clothing, take immediate action to stop the corrosive burning effects. Failure to
follow these procedures may result in injury or death.
1. Eyes. Flush with cold water for no less than 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately.
2. Skin. Flush with large amounts of cold water until all acid is removed. Seek medical attention as
required.
3. Internal. If corrosion or electrolyte is ingested, drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with
milk of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetable oil. Seek medical attention immediately.
4. Clothing/Equipment. Wash affected area with large amounts of cold water. Neutralize acid with
baking soda or household ammonia.
0091-1
0091 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Tag all cable connections if reinstalling to ease with the reinstallation process.
Note routing of cable assemblies during removal to aid in the reinstallation process.
INSTALLATION
1. Secure positive battery cable terminal end to starter (WP 0026).
2. Route positive battery cable connectors.
3. Position on batteries as illustrated in (Figure 1, Items 1 and 7).
4. Tighten nuts (Figure 1, Items 6 and 10).
5. Secure negative battery cable terminal end to the transmission bell housing (WP 0035).
6. Route negative battery cable connectors.
7. Position on batteries as illustrated in (Figure 1, Items 4 and 5).
8. Tighten nuts (Figure 1, Items 9 and 10).
9. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
10. Apply a thin coat of Petrolatum Technical. a corrosion preventive compound, to the battery posts.
11. Close battery cover.
END OF TASK
0091-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0092 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HARNESS
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
N/A
Tools and Special Tools
Standard Automotive Tool Set (WP 0125, Item Materials/Parts
9) N/A
General Mechanics Took Kit (WP 0125, Item 8)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Remove all Access Panels (WP 0020)
91B, Light Wheel Vehicle Mechanic
INSPECTION
Visually inspect harness for loose or damaged connectors, wiring for breaks in insulation, corrosion at
terminal ends and connectors. Replace as necessary.
END OF TASK
REPAIR
Connector Replacement
NOTE
Harness repair is limited to replacement of connectors. Perform the following steps for each wire of
connector.
NOTE
The other two tabs of pin may need to be crimped slightly in order to enter connector.
7. Using crimping tool, crimp tabs (Figure 2, Item 2) at rear of pin (Figure 2, Item 5) over insulation
of wire (Figure 2, Item 1).
8. Push pin (Figure 2, Item 5) into rear of connector (Figure 1, Item 3) until fully seated.
END OF TASK
0092-1
0092 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0092-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0092 00
NOTE
Perform the following steps for each wire of connector.
END OF TASK
0092-3
0092 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
0092-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0093 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HEADLIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
NOTE
Headlight protective cover must be removed to perform proper inspection.
Visually inspect sealed headlight for cracks, loose connections, or condensation buildup in light. Replace
as necessary.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
Bulb Replacement
1. Remove four bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) securing protective cover
(Figure 1, Item 3) to tow vehicle.
2. Disconnect connector (Figure 2, Item 4) from headlight (Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Remove defective light bulb (twist and pull) from headlight.
INSTALLATION
Bulb Replacement
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
Headlight Assembly
1. Remove four bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) protective cover (Figure 1,
Item 3) to tow vehicle.
2. Disconnect connector (Figure 2, Item 4) from headlight (Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Remove headlight assembly (Figure 2, Item 2) from front of vehicle.
0093-1
0093 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. From the outside of tow vehicle, push headlight assembly (Figure 2, Item 2) into tow vehicle.
2. Install connector (Figure 2, Item 4) to headlight (Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Install protective cover (Figure 1, Item 3) on tow vehicle and secure with four bolts (Figure 1, Item
1) and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
END OF TASK
0093-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0094 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
DIMMER SWITCH
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Visually inspect dimmer switch for cracks, loose connections, or corrosion. Replace as
necessary.
2. Using multi-meter set to ohms, test switch for continuity.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
1. Remove two bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) and two nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) securing dimmer switch
(Figure 1, Item 3) to tow vehicle.
2. Slide dimmer switch (Figure 1, Item 3) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Tag and disconnect harness (Figure 2, Item 2) from dimmer switch (Figure 2, Item 1).
END OF TASK
0094-1
0094 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
1. Remove tags and connect harness (Figure 2, Item 2) to dimmer switch (Figure 2, Item 1).
2. Slide dimmer switch (Figure 1, Item 3) under bracket (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Install dimmer switch (Figure 1, Item 3) on tow vehicle and secure with two bolts (Figure 1, Item
1) and two nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
END OF TASK
0094-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0095 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
DIRECTIONAL SIGNAL ARM
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect directional signal arm assembly for mounting security, excessive wear, proper electrical
connections and damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0095-1
0095 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Note orientation of wire harness connectors and wire ties to aid in reinstallation.
END OF TASK
0095-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0095 00
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Wire tie the harness as previously noted to prevent excessive chaffing or damage.
END OF TASK
0095-3/4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0096 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Visually inspect sealed headlight for cracks, loose connections, or condensation buildup in light.
Replace as necessary.
2. Check for 12 VDC at appropriate harness with ignition switch on and turn signal light lever
actuated. If voltage is present, replace turn signal light.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
NOTE
Turn signal light is a sealed assembly, when required replace entire assembly.
1. Remove four bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) securing guard (Figure 1,
Item 3) to tow vehicle.
2. Tag and disconnect harness (Figure 2, Item 2) from turn signal light (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Push turn signal light (Figure 2, Item 1) and grommet (Figure 2, Item 3) from tow vehicle.
END OF TASK
0096-1
0096 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0096-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0096 00
INSTALLATION
1. From the outside of tow vehicle, push turn signal light (Figure 2, Item 1) and grommet (Figure 2,
Item 3) into tow vehicle.
2. Remove tags and connect harness (Figure 2, Item 2) to turn signal light (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Install guard (Figure 1, Item 3) on tow vehicle and secure with four bolts (Figure 1, Item 1) and
four nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0096-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0097 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STOPLIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect stoplight for cracks, loose connections, or condensation buildup in light. Repair or replace
as necessary.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery cables (WP 0091).
2. Tag and disconnect electrical wires (Figure 1, Item 2) from stoplight (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Push stoplight (Figure 2, Item 1) and external gasket (Figure 2, Item 2) from tow tractor (Figure 2,
Item 3).
0097-1
0097 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
1. From the outside of tow tractor (Figure 2, Item 3), push stoplight (Figure 2, Item 1) and external
gasket (Figure 2, Item 2) into tow tractor.
2. Remove tags and connect electrical wires (Figure 1, Item 2) to stoplight (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Connect battery cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0097-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0098 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BACK-UP (REVERSE/WORK) LIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually (access under the vehicle) inspect stoplight for cracks, loose connections, or condensation
buildup in light. Repair or replace as necessary.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
0098-1
0098 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. From the outside of tow tractor (Figure 2, Item 3), install back-up light (Figure 2, Item 1) and
external gasket (Figure 2, Item 2) to tow tractor.
2. Remove tags and connect electrical wires (Figure 1, Item 2) to back-up light (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Connect battery cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0098-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0099 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BACK-UP ALARM
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Visually inspect backup alarm terminals for corrosion or loose connections. Repair or replace as
necessary.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear deck plate (WP 0020).
2. Remove LH toolbox (WP 0020).
3. Tag and disconnect electrical wires (Figure 1, Item 1) from backup alarm (Figure 1, Item 3).
4. Remove bolt/star washer/nut (Figure 1, Item 8).
5. Tag and disconnect ground wire (Figure 1, Item 6)
6. Remove remaining bolt/star washer (Figure 1, Item 5), nut (Figure 2, Item 4) securing backup
alarm (Figure 1, Item 3) to tow tractor (Figure 1, Item 7).
7. Remove backup alarm (Figure 1, Item 3) from tow tractor (Figure 1, Item 7).
0099-1
0099 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
7 1a
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Position backup alarm (Figure 1, Item 3) on tow tractor (Figure 1, Item 7).
2. Secure with bolt/star washer (Figure 1, Item 5), nut (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Install bolt/star washer/nut (Figure 1, Item 8) with ground wire (Figure 1, Item 6). Remove tag.
4. Remove tags and connect electrical wires (Figure 1, Item 1) with nuts (Figure 1 Item 2) to backup
alarm (Figure 1, Item 3).
5. Install toolbox (WP 0020).
6. Install rear deck plate (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0099-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0100 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR DASH PANEL
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect Operator Gauges, switches and indicator lights for damage affecting serviceability. Open
cover and inspect components and wiring for corrosion, damaged connectors and sockets, exposed
wiring, and faulty mounting.
TEST
NOTE
Flasher relay and Diodes REC1 and REC2 are located behind the SATS operator panel.
Flasher Relay
0100-1
0100 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Ignition Switch
Off Position
1. Ohms test ignition switch for continuity between all terminals.
2. All switch terminals should read open (no continuity).
Run Position
1. Ohms test ignition switch for continuity.
2. ACC-IGN, continuity should exist.
3. IGN-BATT, continuity should exist.
4. ACC-BATT, continuity should exist.
Start Position
1. BATT-ACC, continuity should exist.
2. BATT-START, continuity should exist.
3. BATT-IGN, continuity should exist.
END OF TASK
0100-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0100 00
Components on the Operator’s Dash Panel are grouped together to ease operator maintenance.
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0100-3
0100 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Tag all wiring during all removal processes to aid in reinstallation.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0100-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0100 00
REMOVAL
VOLT METER, OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, WATER TEMP GAUGE, OIL TEMP GAUGE, FUEL GAUGE
NOTE
All five gauges are removed and reinstalled using the same instructions. Just ensure the correct gauge is
identified during the removal process.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
VOLT METER, OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, WATER TEMP GAUGE, OIL TEMP GAUGE, FUEL GAUGE
NOTE
All five gauges are installed using the same procedure.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
0100-5
0100 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
0100-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0100 00
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
GAUGE LIGHT
1. Disconnect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
2. Open Operator dash panel.
3. Pull appropriate gauge light assembly (Figure 2, Item 13) from the appropriate gauge.
4. Push in on LED (Figure 1, Item 18) and twist to release from holder (Figure 1, Item 19).
5. Remove defective LED.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
GAUGE LIGHT
1. Place LED (Figure 1, Item 18) in holder (Figure 1, Item 19) push LED in then twist to lock in
place.
2. Push appropriate gauge light assembly (Figure 2, Item 13) into the appropriate gauge and
secure.
3. Close Operator dash panel.
4. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
5. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0100-7
0100 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0100-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0100 00
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
0100-9
0100 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0100-10
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0101 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ELECTRIC PANEL (DASH)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect components and wiring for corrosion, damaged connectors and sockets, exposed wiring,
and faulty mounting.
END OF TASK
TEST
Relay’s CRR and CRS (Figure 1, Item 10 and 13)
NOTE
Relay test pins are identified on the bottom of the relay.
END OF TASK
0101-1
0101 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
Components in the electric panel are grouped together to ease operator maintenance.
END OF TASK
0101-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0101 00
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
0101-3
0101 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
CAPACITOR (SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM FAIL) (CAP-1)
1. Install capacitor (Figure 1, Item 8) with positive lead in the top position.
2. Tighten 2 set screws (Figure 1, Items 7).
3. Close operator dash panel (WP 0100).
4. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
5. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0101-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0101 00
REMOVAL
ACCESSORY FUSES
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
ACCESSORY FUSES
1. Push appropriate fuse (Figure 1, Item 9A, B, C, D, E, or F) into fuse holder.
2. Close operator dash panel (WP 0100).
3. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0101-5 /6 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0102 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK (FUSE/RELAY HOLDER)
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
Multi-Meter (WP 0125, Item 6) WP 0091
FO-1
Tools and Special Tools
Fuse Puller Tool (WP 0125, Item 32) Materials/Parts
General Mechanics Tool Kit (WP 0125, Item 8) N/A
INSPECTION
1. Visually inspect fuses, circuit breakers, and single pole double throw relays for damage affecting
serviceability. Inspect all sockets for corrosion.
2. Insect wiring inside operator dash panel for corrosion, damaged connectors and sockets,
exposed wiring, and faulty wiring mounting.
TEST
NOTE
Relays 2A through 2E (Figure 2) are all tested using the same procedures and are interchangeable.
Connector pin numbers are stamped on the bottom of the relay next to the relay plug pins.
Circuit Breaker and fuses (Figure 2, Items 3 – 8) are simply tested for continuity.
Relays
END OF TASK
0102-1
0102 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
Identification of all relays is accomplished by removing cover (Figure 1, Item 1), see decal inside cover.
Distribution Block relays are all exactly alike (interchangeable) which could help when troubleshooting
circuit malfunctions.
Components in the distribution block are grouped together to ease with operator maintenance.
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
0102-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0102 00
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
0102-3
0102 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
0102-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0102 00
REMOVAL
1. Carefully push circuit breaker CB2, (Figure 2, Item 3) into the distribution box socket.
2. Install distribution box cover (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Carefully push heater fuse, (Figure 2, Item 4) into the distribution box socket.
2. Install distribution box cover (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
0102-5
0102 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
1. Carefully push headlight fuse, (Figure 2, Item 5) into the distribution box socket.
2. Install distribution box cover (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Carefully push taillight fuse, (Figure 2, Item 6) into the distribution box socket.
2. Install distribution box cover (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Carefully push horn fuse, (Figure 2, Item 7) into the distribution box socket.
2. Install distribution box cover (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0102-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0102 00
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
1. Carefully push preheat fuse, (Figure 2, Item 8) into the distribution box socket.
2. Install distribution box cover (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
4. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0102-7/8 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0103 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ELECTRIC PANEL (CENTER CONSOLE)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
NOTE
Access to the electric panel is located under the center console panel between the seats.
1. Inspect fuses, circuit breakers, and relays for damage affecting serviceability.
2. Insect wiring inside center console electric panel for corrosion, damaged connectors and sockets,
exposed wiring, and faulty mounting.
END OF TASK
TEST
NOTE
Disconnect battery negative cables prior to performing all test procedures.
Starter Relay
0103-1
0103 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
0103-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0103 00
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
NOTE
Removal and installation of terminal protective boots is necessary to perform removal of glow plug circuit
breaker.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0103-3
0103 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0103-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0104 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THROTTLE SYSTEM
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
1. Open engine cover, (WP 0020).
2. Inspect throttle reservoir (Figure 1, Item 1) for mount security. Inspect reservoir, hose connection,
and fitting for leaks.
3. Inspect throttle master cylinder (Figure 1, Item 5) for mount security. Inspect hose and cylinder for
clearance and chaffing during operation. Inspect hose connections and fittings for leaks.
4. Inspect throttle pedal assembly (Figure 1, Item 4) for mount security. Look for wear and or cracks.
5. Inspect throttle slave cylinder (Figure 1, Item 3) and spring for security. Inspect hose and cylinder
for clearance and chaffing during operation. Inspect hose connection and fitting for leaks.
END OF TASK
SERVICE
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
Remove reservoir cap (WP 0017) and inspect reservoir fluid level. Add hydraulic fluid as required. After
throttle system component replacement, bleeding is required. Make sure that reservoir fluid level is
properly maintained during and after bleeding process.
0104-1
0104 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
WARNING
Before servicing throttle system components, make sure that the machine is on level ground. Set the
parking brake. Put chocks on each side of all four wheels. Disconnect the battery so that the engine
cannot be started. If you do not take these precautions, the machine could run you over.
NOTE
Throttle system bleeding starts at the throttle master cylinder and ends at the slave cylinder.
0104-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0104 00
CAUTION
When bleeder valve is opened, pedal will move and push air/fluid out of bleeder valve. Do not release foot
pressure on pedal until the bleeder valve is closed.
3. Apply foot pressure on pedal (Figure 1, Item 4) and open master cylinder bleeder valve (Figure 1,
Item 6) vent air. Close bleeder valve and release foot pressure. Repeat procedure until no air is
present.
4. Add hydraulic fluid to reservoir (Figure 1, Item 1) as required.
5. At slave cylinder (Figure 1, Item 3), connect bleed hose to bleeder valve (Figure 1, Item 2) and put
other end in container.
6. Apply foot pressure on pedal (Figure 1, Item 4) and open slave cylinder bleeder valve (Figure 1,
Item 2) to vent any air. Close bleeder valve and release foot pressure. Repeat procedure until all
air is removed.
7. Add hydraulic fluid to reservoir (Figure 1, Item 1) as required.
8. Connect battery, (WP 0091).
9. Perform Maintenance Operation Check
10. Close engine access cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0104-3/4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0105 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THROTTLE SLAVE CYLINDER ASSEMBLY AND VALIDATION SWITCH
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect slave cylinder for proper mount security, hose connection and cylinder rod end for
leakage and for any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0105-1
0105 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
1. Chock wheels.
2. Disconnect negative battery cables (WP 0091).
3. Open engine access cover (WP 0020).
4. Place a drip pan under slave cylinder.
5. Remove slave cylinder supply hose (Figure 1, Item 8) and plug.
6. Remove hose fitting (Figure 1, Item 7) and save for reinstallation.
7. Remove nut and washer (Figure 1, Item 4 - back of bracket)
8. Remove slave cylinder mount nut and flat washer (Figure 1, Item 9 and 10).
9. Remove slave cylinder (Figure 1, Item 6).
NOTE
If removing the ball joint (Figure 1, Item 5) note the number of threads inside of cylinder rod mount during
removal to aid in reinstallation.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Place inside washer (Figure 1, Item 10) over rear mount stud.
2. Slide slave cylinder (Figure 1, Item 6) over rear mount stud and place ball joint (Figure 1, Item 5)
into mount bracket.
3. Install nut and washer (Figure 1, Item 4 - back of bracket) to secure ball joint to mount bracket.
4. Install slave cylinder mount washer and nut (Figure 1, Item 9 and 10) and tighten.
5. Wrap hose fitting (Figure 1, Item 7) with anti-seize tape and install.
6. Install slave cylinder supply hose (Figure 1, Item 8) and tighten.
7. Perform throttle system bleeding (WP 0104).
8. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
9. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
10. Close engine access cover (WP 0020).
END OF TASK
0105-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0105 00
REMOVAL
NOTE
Tag validation switch wires and note their position to aid in the reinstallation process.
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0105-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0106 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THROTTLE MASTER CYLINDER/PEDAL ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect throttle master cylinder and pedal assembly for mount security, hose connection and rod end for
leakage or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0106-1
0106 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
1. Chock wheels.
2. Disconnect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
3. Place a drip pan under throttle master cylinder.
4. Remove pressure hose (Figure 1, Item 1) and plug.
5. Remove supply hose (Figure 1, Item 2) and plug.
6. Note orientation and remove 2 cylinder hose fittings (Figure 1, Item 13) and save for
reinstallation.
7. Loosen cylinder rod jam nut (Figure 1, Item 5).
NOTE
Note the number of threads inside of cylinder rod clevis mount during removal to aid in reinstallation.
8. Turn cylinder rod counterclockwise and remove rod from clevis (not shown).
9. Remove nut, lock washer and bolt (Figure 1, Items 9, 10 and 11).
10. Remove clamp (Figure 1, Item 3) and save for reinstallation.
11. Remove throttle master cylinder (Figure 1, Item 12).
12. Remove cylinder rod jam nut (Figure 1, Item 5).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Screw the cylinder rod into the clevis the same number of threads as noted during removal.
3. Turn throttle master cylinder (Figure 1, Item 12) rod clockwise into the rod clevis.
4. Position clamp (Figure 1, Item 3) on master cylinder.
5. Install bolt, lock washer and nut (Figure 1, Items 9, 10 and 11) and tighten.
6. Tighten cylinder rod jam nut (Figure 1, Item 5).
7. Wrap threads of hose fittings (Figure 1, Item 13) with anti-seize tape.
8. Install 2 cylinder hose fitting (Figure 1, Item 13) in same position as noted during removal.
9. Install supply hose (Figure 1, Item 2).
10. Install pressure hose (Figure 1, Item 1).
11. Bleed throttle system (WP 0104).
12. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
13. Remove chocks.
14. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0106-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0106 00
REMOVAL
NOTE
It may be necessary to remove the pedal floor mount bolts in order to remove the master cylinder clamp
mount bolt.
1. Chock wheels.
2. Disconnect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
3. Remove nut, lock washer and bolt (Figure 1, Items 9, 10 and 11).
4. Remove clamp (Figure 1, Item 3) and save for reinstallation.
5. Remove clevis mount bolt (Figure 1, Item 6).
NOTE
Pedal assembly mount nuts are accessed from under the vehicle.
6. Remove 3 pedal mount bolts and nuts (Figure 1, Items 7 and 8).
7. Remove pedal assembly (Figure 1, Item 4).
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Pedal assembly mount nuts are accessed from under the vehicle.
5. Install 3 pedal mount bolts and nuts (Figure 1, Items 7 and 8).
6. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
7. Remove wheel chocks.
8. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0106-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0107 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THROTTLE RESERVIOR
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down
INSPECTION
Inspect throttle reservoir for security. Inspect cap, hose connection, and fitting for leaks. Tighten hose
connection if required. Replace throttle reservoir as necessary.
Visually check for contamination, milky color or debris in reservoir.
SERVICE
CAUTION
Throttle reservoir cap is plastic, use caution when removing and installing cap.
END OF TASK
0107-1
0107 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
1. Chock wheels.
2. Disconnect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
3. Remove driver seat (WP 0020).
4. Open engine access cover (WP 0020).
5. Place a drip pan under throttle reservoir.
6. Remove throttle reservoir hose (Figure 1, Item 3) and plug.
7. Cap reservoir fitting (Figure 1, Item 4) or allow reservoir to drain.
8. Remove reservoir fitting (Figure 1, Item 4) and save for reinstallation.
9. Remove nut, washer and screw (Figure 1, Item 5).
10. Remove throttle reservoir (Figure 1, Item 2).
11. Remove reservoir clamp (Figure 1, Item 6) from reservoir and save for reinstallation.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
1. Position reservoir clamp (Figure 1, Item 6) on the reservoir.
2. Position the throttle reservoir (Figure 1, Item 2).
3. Install screw, washer and nut (Figure 1, Item 5) and tighten.
4. Wrap reservoir fitting (Figure 1, Item 4) with anti-seize tape.
5. Install reservoir fitting (Figure 1, Item 4).
0107-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0107 00
END OF TASK
0107-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0108 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HORN BUTTON AND HORN
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Visually inspect horn button and horn for mounting security, wiring for cracks and security and any
damage affecting component serviceability.
END OF TASK
0108-1
0108 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
Horn Button
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0108-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0108 00
REMOVAL
Horn
NOTE
Tag wires on horn assembly to aid in reinstallation
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
Horn
1. Install star washer (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Install horn (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Install mount nut (Figure 1, Item 1).
5. Connect wires (Figure 1, Item 3).
6. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0091).
7. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0108-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0109 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STEERING WHEEL
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment
N/A References
WP 0091
Tools and Special Tools WP 0108
Standard Automotive Tool Set (WP 0125, Item
9) Materials/Parts
General Mechanics Tool Kit (WP 0125, Item 8) N/A
INSPECTION
Visually inspect steering wheel for mounting security and any damage affecting component serviceability.
END OF TASK
0109-1
0109 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
NOTE
Wheel puller may be used to aid in steering wheel removal.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0109-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0110 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STEERING COLUMN
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
N/A
INSPECTION
Inspect steering column for damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0110-1
0110 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
END OF TASK
0110-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0110 00
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0110-3 /4 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0111 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC TANK ASSEMBLY (STEERING)
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine Shut Down
INSPECTION
Inspect hydraulic tank mounting security, lines and fittings for leaks and fluid level.
END OF TASK
SERVICE
1. Remove dipstick (Figure 1, Item 4) and wipe clean.
2. Reinsert dipstick, remove and check level.
3. Level should be between the low and high marks on the dipstick. Service as required.
4. Reinstall dipstick (Figure 1, Item 4).
END OF TASK
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid is combustible. Do not use or store near flames, sparks, or hot surfaces. Use only in a well-
ventilated area. If hydraulic fluid is decomposed by heat, toxic gases are released. Prolonged contact with
liquid or mist can cause dermatitis and severe skin irritation. If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash contacted area with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. If
liquid contacts eyes, flush eyes with water immediately. If fluid is swallowed, do not try to vomit; fluid may
enter the lungs and cause severe injury. Get immediate medical attention. When handling liquid, wear
rubber gloves and impervious clothing to minimize contact. If prolonged contact with mist is likely, wear
NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator.
0111-1
0111 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0111-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0111 00
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Cap, plug and tag all lines and fitting during removal to aid with the reinstallation process.
Note the orientation of all fitting and hoses during removal to aid with the reinstallation process.
END OF TASK
Cleaning
INSTALLATION
0111-3
0111 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
NOTE
Remove any air that may have entered the hydraulic system by starting engine and turning steering
wheel full right, then full left. Repeat several times.
END OF TASK
0111-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0112 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FILTER (HYDRAULIC TANK)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect hydraulic tank filter for contamination or clogged condition.
0112-1
0112 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0112-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0113 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STRAINER (HYDRAULIC TANK)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect upper tank strainer and lower tank strainer for damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
REMOVAL
1. Open engine cover (WP 0020).
2. Remove upper and lower tank strainers (WP 0111).
3. Clean and or replace as necessary.
INSTALLATION
1. Install clean or new upper and lower tank strainers (WP 0111).
4. Close engine cover (WP 0020).
2. Perform Maintenance Operation Check.
END OF TASK
0113-1/2 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0114 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect breather cap for security, worn threads or any damage affecting serviceability.
END OF TASK
0114-1
0114 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
END OF TASK
0114-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0115 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
GEAR PUMP (STEERING)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect gear pump for mount security, hoses and fittings for leaks and any damage affecting
serviceability.
END OF TASK
0115-1
0115 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Cap/plug and label hydraulic hoses and note orientation of connections during the removal process.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Clean gear pump engine mating surfaces.
11. Install fitting (Figure 1, Item 3) on gear pump with new o-ring.
12. Install fitting (Figure 1, Item 4) on gear pump with new o-ring.
13. Install o-ring on gear pump (Figure 1, Item 2).
14. Position gear pump on engine.
15. Install 2 gear pump mount bolts and washers (Figure 1 Item 1).
16. Connect pressure hydraulic hose (Figure 1, Item 6) to fitting (Figure 1, Item 4).
17. Connect suction hydraulic hose (Figure 1, Item 5) to fitting (Figure 1, Item 3).
18. Lower vehicle (WP 0020).
19. Connect battery negative cables (WP 0091).
NOTE
Remove any air that may have entered the hydraulic system by starting engine and turning steering
wheel full right, then full left. Repeat several times.
END OF TASK
0115-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0116 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ORBITAL VALVE (STEERING)
INITIAL SETUP:
INSPECTION
Inspect orbital valve for mount security, damaged or leaking lines and fittings or any damage affecting
serviceability.
END OF TASK
0116-1
0116 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death.
NOTE
Tag hoses and fittings during the removal process to aid in reinstallation.
END OF TASK
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Remove any air that may have entered the hydraulic system by starting engine and turning steering
wheel full right, then full left. Repeat several times.
END OF TASK
0116-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0117 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STEERING CYLINDER
INITIAL SETUP:
References
Test Equipment WP 0021
N/A WP 0111
INSPECTION
Inspect steering cylinder for mount security, hoses and fittings for leaks and any damage affecting
serviceability.
END OF TASK
REMOVAL
WARNING
The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required when using or handling hazardous materials
associated with operating and maintaining equipment (jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, ethylene glycol,
cleaning solvents, compressed air, and engine/axle oil). Failure to use PPE when handling these
materials could result in injury or death. If there is any prolonged contact with skin, wash contacted area
with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. If liquid contacts eyes,
flush eyes with water immediately.
NOTE
Tag hoses and fittings during removal process to aid in reinstallation.
It may be necessary to reuse steering cylinder grease fitting and hose pipe fittings during reinstallation.
END OF TASK
0117-1
0117 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Remove any air that may have entered the hydraulic system by starting engine and turning steering
wheel full right, then full left. Repeat several times.
END OF TASK
0117-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0118 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
STORAGE
INITIAL SETUP:
If you need to keep your machine idle for more than 30 days, or you are putting it into indefinite storage,
first prepare it according to the following procedures:
NOTE
The following steps will help minimize corrosion and deterioration while your machine is in storage.
0118-1
0118 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
2. Drain fuel system and fill with clean fuel. The fuel must be drained and filters discarded at end of
storage period. If you add a fuel preservative to the fuel, the fuel and filters may not need to be
discarded at the end of the storage period.
3. Operate engine until it is warm. Stop engine and fix any fuel, oil, or air leaks.
4. Drain the cooling system. In order to protect the cooling system against corrosion, fill with a
coolant that has a corrosion inhibitor. If protection against frost is necessary, use an antifreeze
mixture.
5. Operate engine for a short period in order to circulate lubricating oil and coolant in engine.
6. Remove injectors and spray an internal engine preservative into each cylinder bore. If this is not
available, clean engine oil will offer some protection. Two to three ounces of oil should be placed
in each cylinder.
7. Slowly turn crankshaft one revolution and then fit injectors with new seat washers and new dust
seals.
8. Remove pipes installed between air filter and intake manifold. Spray preservative into intake
manifold. Seal manifold with waterproof tape.
9. Remove exhaust pipe. Spray internal engine preservative into exhaust manifold. Seal manifold
with waterproof tape.
10. Remove oil filler cap. Spray internal engine preservative into oil filler hole to protect rocker shaft
assembly. Install filler cap.
11. Seal vent pipe of fuel tank or filler cap with waterproof tape.
12. Remove drive belts and put into storage.
13. Spray engine with external engine preservative to prevent corrosion. Do not spray area inside
alternator cooling fan.
14. Follow instructions in your engine manual.
NOTE
If the unit has been stored for more than 120 days, you can expect some deterioration of the hydraulic
seals. Replace defective seals before operating machine.
1. Install all parts that were removed when vehicle was being prepared for storage.
2. Perform "Daily" checks as described in WP 0016.
3. After the hydraulic system has warmed up to operating temperature, remove hydraulic tank fill
cap and check appearance of hydraulic fluid. A milky appearance indicates that there is water in
the system and that the system should be drained and re-filled with fresh oil.
END OF TASK
0118-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SHIPPING
END OF TASK
END OF TASK
0119-1
0119 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
PARAMETER PROCEDURES
Configuration Single point
Required Army sling set, 25,000-lb
rigging Reach Pendant, 25,000-lb capacity
Materials Tape, adhesive, pressure-sensitive, 2-in. wide roll
Cord, nylon, type-III, 550-lb breaking strength
Web, cotton, 1/4-in., 80-lb breaking strength
Felt sheet, cattle hair, type-IV, 1/2-in. or suitable padding
Cargo strap, general purpose (NSN 3990-01-204-3009), two each, or
suitable tie-down lashings.
Webbing, tubular, nylon, 1/2-in., 1,000-lb breaking strength
Preparation Ensure the fuel tank is not over three-quarters full. Inspect the fuel tank
cap, oil filler cap, and battery caps, for proper installation.
Engage the vehicle parking brake and put the transmission in neutral.
Ensure the front wheels are pointed straight ahead. Tie the steering wheel
using the securing device provided under the dashboard.
Secure all loose items (air intake cap, seat cushions, etc.) with tape or
type-III nylon cord.
Remove mirror and secure to seat with tape or type-III nylon cord.
Cover all lights, markers, and reflectors with tape.
Personnel 2 persons, 15 min
Rigging process Position apex fitting on the bed of the vehicle and rigging to each side of
the load: outer sling legs 1 and 2 to the front, inner sling legs 3 and 4 to
the rear.
Loop the chain end of sling leg 1 through the front left slinging provision
that protrudes through the bed. Place the corresponding link in the grab
hook. Repeat with sling leg 2 through front right provision.
Secure excess chain with 2-in. tape or type-III nylon cord.
Loop the chain end of sling leg 3 through the rear left slinging provision
that protrudes through the bed. Place the corresponding link in the grab
hook. Repeat with sling leg 4 through rear right provision.
Secure excess chain with 2-in. tape or type-III nylon cord.
Cluster and tape or tie (breakaway technique) all sling legs above the load
to prevent entanglement during hookup, with apex fitting located where
they can be easily accessed by hookup team personnel standing at side of
vehicle.
Hookup Hookup team stands beside load as signalman guides aircraft to load and
assumes guidance.
Apex fitting handler attaches pendant to aircraft center cargo hook.
Hookup team stands by and guides sling legs to prevent entanglement as
aircraft maneuvered to remove slack in rigging.
When satisfactory hookup is assured, signalman indicates affirmative
signal to aircrew and hookup team exits vicinity of aircraft to designated
rendezvous point.
De-rigging Reverse of rigging.
0119-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
0119-3
0119 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0119-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
0119-5
0119 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0119-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
0119-7
0119 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0119-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
0119-9
0119 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0119-10
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
0119-11
0119 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0119-12
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
0119-13
0119 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0119-14
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0119 00
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured.
REFERENCE INDEX
0120-1
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 1. Trans Lift Weldment
0120-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 2. Trans Lift Bar
0120-3
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 3. Transmission Hanger Tab
0120-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 4. Trans Lift Ring
0120-5
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 5. Stand Weldment, Engine Pack
0120-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 6. Tube, Long, Engine Cart, MT3
0120-7
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 7. Tube, Short, Engine Cart, MT3
0120-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 8. Tube, Upright, Engine Cart, MT3
0120-9
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 9. Plate, Caster, Engine Cart, MT3
0120-10
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 10. Tube, Top, Engine Cart, MT3
0120-11
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 11. Cap, Tube, Engine Cart, MT3
0120-12
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 12. Maintenance Mount
0120-13
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 13. Mount Maintenance
0120-14
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 14. Gusset, Maintenance Mount
0120-15
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 15. Maintenance Mount
0120-16
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0120 00
Figure 16. Mount Maintenance
0120-17
0120 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Figure 17. Isolator Modified
0120-18
CHAPTER6
PARTSINFORMATION
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0121 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
MT3 REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL) INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement, and
diagnostic equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of eld
maintenance of the MT3 SATS Tow Tractor. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of
spares, repair parts, and special tools as indicated by the source, maintenance, and recoverability (SMR)
codes.
GENERAL
In addition to the Introduction work package, this RPSTL is divided into the following work packages.
1 Repair Parts List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts
authorized by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also
include parts which must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are
composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each
group listed in ascending gure and item number sequence. Sending units, brackets, lters, and
bolts are listed with the component they mount on. Repair parts kits are listed separately in their
own functional group and work package. Repair parts for repairable special tools are also listed in
a separate work package. Items listed are shown on the associated illustrations.
2 Special Tools List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of special tools, special
TMDE, and special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue
(BOI) information in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column). Tools that are
components of common tool sets and/or Class VII are not listed.
3 Cross-Reference Indexes Work Packages. There are two cross-reference indexes work
packages in this RPSTL: the National Stock Number (NSN) Index work package and the Part
Number (P/N) Index work package. The National Stock Number Index work package refers you to
the gure and item number. The Part Number Index work package refers you to the gure and
item number.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LIST AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST WORK
PACKAGES
ITEM NO. (Column (1)). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
SMR CODE (Column (2)). The SMR code containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance level
authorization criteria, and disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout. This entry may be
subdivided into 4 subentries, one for each service.
0121-1
0121 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Source Code. The source code tells you how you get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or
overhaul of an end item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follow:
XA Do not requisition an “XA” coded item. Order the next higher assembly.
(Refer to NOTE below.)
XB If an item is not available from salvage, order it using the CAGEC and part
number. Installation drawings, diagrams, instruction sheets, field service
drawings; identified by manufacturer’s part number.
XC
0121-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0121 00
Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to use and repair
support items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as
follows:
Third Position. The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level
authorized to remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will
indicate authorization to the following levels of maintenance:
Maintenance Application/Explanation
Code
F- Field maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
H- Below Depot Sustainment maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
L- Specialized repair activity can remove, replace and use the item.
G- Afloat and ashore intermediate maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item
(Navy only)
K- Contractor facility can remove, replace, and use the item.
Z- Item is not authorized to be removed, replaced, or used at any maintenance level
D- Depot can remove, replace, and use the item.
*NOTE – Army may use C in the third position. However, for joint service publications, Army will use O.
Fourth Position. The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells you whether or not the item is
to be repaired and identies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair
(perform all authorized repair functions).
NOTE
Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of maintenance, if authorized by the
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and SMR codes.
Maintenance Application/Explanation
Code
F- Field is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
H- Below Depot Sustainment is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
L- Specialized repair activity is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
D- Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
G- Both afloat and ashore intermediate levels are capable of complete repair of item.
(Navy only)
K- Complete repair is done at contractor facility.
Z- Nonrepairable. No repair is authorized.
B- No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are authorized for maintenance of “B”
coded item. However, the item may be reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc., at
the user level.
0121-3
0121 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on
unserviceable items. The recoverability code is shown in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows.
Recoverability
Code Application/Explanation
Z- Nonrepairable item. When unserviceable, condemn and dispose of the item at the
level of maintenance shown in the third position of the SMR code.
F- Repairable item. When uneconomically repairable, condemn and dispose of the
item at the eld level.
H- Repairable item. When uneconomically repairable, condemn and dispose of the
item at the below depot sustainment level.
D- Repairable item. When beyond lower level repair capability, return to depot.
Condemnation and disposal of item are not authorized below depot level.
L- Repairable item. Condemnation and disposal not authorized below Specialized
Repair Activity (SRA).
A- Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specic
reasons (such as precious metal content, high dollar value, critical material, or
hazardous material). Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specic
instructions.
G- Field level repairable item. Condemn and dispose at either aoat or ashore
intermediate levels. (Navy only)
K- Repairable item. Condemnation and disposal to be performed at contractor facility.
NSN (Column (3)). The NSN for the item is listed in this column.
CAGEC (Column (4)). The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a ve-digit code which
is used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies the item.
PART NUMBER (Column (5)). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual,
company, rm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the
item by means of its engineering drawings, specications, standards, and inspection requirements to
identify an item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different part number from
the number listed.
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (6)). This column includes the following
information:
1. The federal item name, and when required, a minimum description to identify the item.
2. Part numbers of bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line entry to be manufactured
or fabricated.
3. Hardness Critical Item (HCI). A support item that provides the equipment with special protection
from electromagnetic pulse (EMP) damage during a nuclear attack.
4. The statement END OF FIGURE appears just below the last item description in column (6) for a
given gure in both the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
QTY (Column (7)). The QTY (quantity per gure) column indicates the quantity of the item used in the
breakout shown on the illustration/gure, which is prepared for a functional group, subfunctional group, or
an assembly. A "V" appearing in this column instead of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable
and quantity may change from application to application.
0121-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0121 00
1. National Stock Number (NSN) Index Work Package. NSN’s in this index are listed in National Item
Identication Number (NIIN) sequence.
STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN in NIIN sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine
digits of theNSN.When usingthiscolumntolocateanitem, ignore the rst four digits of the NSN. However, the
complete NSN should be used when ordering items by stock number.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the gure where the item is identied/located. The gures are in
numerical order in the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number identies the item associated with the gure listed in the adjacent FIG. column.
This item is also identied by theNSN listedonthe same line.
2. Part Number (P/N) Index Work Package. Part numbers in this index are listed in ascending alphanumeric
sequence (vertical arrangement of letter and number combinations which places the rstletterordigit of each
group in order A through Z, followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like order).
PART NUMBER Column. Indicates the part number assigned to the item.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the gure where the item is identied/located in the repair parts
list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number is the number assigned to the item as it appears in the gure referenced in the
adjacent gure number column.
SPECIAL INFORMATION
UOC. The UOC appears in the lower left corner of the Description Column heading. Usable on codes are
shown as “UOC….” in the Description Column (justied left) on the rst line under the applicable
item/nomenclature. Uncoded items are applicable to all models. Identication of the UOCs used in the RPSTL
are:
Code Used On
Not applicable.
Fabrication Instructions. Bulk materials required to manufacture items are listed in the bulk material functional
group of this RPSTL. Part numbers for bulk material are also referenced in the Description Column of the line
item entry for the item to be manufactured/fabricated. Detailed fabrication instructions for items source coded to
be manufactured or fabricated are found in (enter applicable TM number).
Index Numbers. Items which have the word BULK in the gure column will have an index number shown in the
item number column. This index number is a cross-reference between the NSN / Part Number (P/N) Index work
packages and the bulk material list in the repair parts list work package.
Illustrations List. The illustrations in this RPSTL contain eld authorized items. Illustrations published in (enter
applicable TM number for the higher maintenance level RPSTL, e.g., for eld, below depot sustainment, etc.)
that contain eld authorized items also appear in this RPSTL. The tabular list in the repair parts list work
package contains only those parts coded "F" in the third position of the SMR code, therefore, there may be a
break in the item number sequence.
0121-5
0121 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group to which the item belongs. This is necessary
since gures are prepared for assembly groups and subassembly groups, and lists are divided into the same
groups.
Second. Find the gure covering the functional group or the subfunctional group to which the item belongs.
Third. Identify the item on the gure and note the number(s).
Fourth. Look in the repair parts list work packages for the gure and item numbers. The NSNs and part
numbers
2. When NSN Is Known.
First. If you have the NSN, look in the STOCK NUMBER column of the NSN index work package. The NSN is
arranged in NIIN sequence. Note the gure and item number next to the NSN. Second. Turn to the gure and
locate the item number. Verify that the item is the one you are looking for.
3. When Part Number Is Known.
First. If you have the part number and not the NSN, look in the PART NUMBER column of the part number
index work package. Identify the gure and item number.
Second. Look up the item on the gure in the applicable repair parts list work package.
ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation Explanation
A/R As Required
COMM Commercial Item Readily Available From Local Sources
DP Double-Polesingle-Throw
HHCS Hexhead Capscrew
ID Inside Diameter
LH Left-Hand
NS Not Shown
0121-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
0122-1
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-3
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-5
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-7
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-9
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-10
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-11
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-12
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-13
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-14
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-15
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-16
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-17
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-18
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-19
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-20
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-21
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-22
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-23
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-24
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-25
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-26
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-27
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-28
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-29
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-30
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-31
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-32
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-33
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-34
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-35
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-36
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-37
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-38
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-39
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-40
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-41
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-42
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-43
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-44
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-45
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-46
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-47
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-48
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-49
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-50
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-51
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-52
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-53
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-54
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-55
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-56
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-57
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-58
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-59
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-60
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-61
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-62
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-63
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-64
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-65
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-66
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-67
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-68
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-69
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-70
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-71
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-72
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-73
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-74
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-75
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-76
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-77
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-78
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-79
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-80
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-81
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-82
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-83
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-84
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-85
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-86
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-87
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-88
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-89
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-90
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-91
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-92
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-93
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-94
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-95
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
SIDE PANEL
REMOVED FOR
CLARITY.
0122-96
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-97
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-98
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-99
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
END OF FIGURE
0122-100
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-101
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-102
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-103
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-104
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-105
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-106
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-107
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-108
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-109
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-110
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-111
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-112
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-113
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-114
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-115
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-116
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-117
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-118
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-119
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-120
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-121
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-122
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-123
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-124
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-125
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-126
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-127
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-128
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-129
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-130
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-131
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-132
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-133
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-134
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-135
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-136
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-137
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-138
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-139
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-140
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-141
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-142
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-143
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-144
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-145
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-146
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-147
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-148
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-149
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-150
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-151
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-152
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-153
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-154
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-155
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-156
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-157
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-158
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-159
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-160
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-161
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-162
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-163
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-164
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-165
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-166
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-167
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-168
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-169
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-170
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-171
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-172
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-173
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-174
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-175
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-176
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-177
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-178
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-179
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-180
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-181
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-182
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-183
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-184
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-185
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-186
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-187
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-188
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-189
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-190
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-191
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-192
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-193
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-194
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-195
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-196
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-197
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-198
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-199
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-200
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-201
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-202
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-203
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-204
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-205
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-206
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-207
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-208
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
END OF FIGURE
0122-209
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-210
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-211
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-212
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-213
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-214
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-215
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-216
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-217
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-218
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-219
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
114017 60 5 12346514-32 71 10
1201 0974 53 10 12420936 53 2
1201 0974 55 2 12420936 54 11
1201 0974 58 18 12420936 55 6
1201 0996 56 7 12420936 56 8
1201 0996 58 20 12420936 58 5
12010293 54 5 12421926 54 4
12010293 60 17 12421926 58 28
12010973 54 7 12-460-186 37 15
12010973 56 3 12-460-188 37 20
12015284 53 3 126378_126378:1 73 14
12015284 54 9 126379_3-3-1601KX 73 12
12015284 55 4 1315/0308Z 66 2
12015284 56 5 1315/0409Z 66 7
12015284 58 6 1315/3311Z 66 10
12015284 60 8 1321/0303Z 66 28
12015792 53 1 1321/0405Z 75 14
12015792 54 10 1321/0407Z 78 12
12015792 56 2 1321/0407Z 79 12
12048074 58 14 1321/0407Z 83 12
12059168 58 37 1321/0407Z 86 12
12-120-010 37 12 1321/0408Z 75 22
12124582 53 11 1321/3523 82 5
12124582 54 8 13901-9102-0 24 14
12124582 55 3 1391/3108Z 66 1
12124582 56 4 1391/3201 63 1
12124582 58 19 1391/3307 84 5
12172 103 1 1406/0008 63 25
1223-276 50 10 1406/0011 63 15
12234-6758-0 12 2 1406/0015 63 5
12234-6758-0 4 2 1406/0018 66 14
122594_3-2-159:1 73 2 1406/0026 66 23
122611_122611:1 73 15 14117-4256-0 34 9
12331-9523-0 24 6 14311-6050-4 23 7
12346514-32 39 1 1450/0001 77 1
0122-220
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-221
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
15841-9851-0 25 13 15841-9886-0 25 13
15841-9852-0 25 13 15841-9887-0 25 13
15841-9853-0 25 13 15841-9888-0 25 13
15841-9854-0 25 13 15841-9889-0 25 13
15841-9855-0 25 13 15841-9890-0 25 13
15841-9856-0 25 13 15841-9891-0 25 13
15841-9857-0 25 13 15841-9892-0 25 13
15841-9858-0 25 13 15852-9233-0 28 6
15841-9859-0 25 13 15881-6480-0 45 2
15841-9860-0 25 13 15881-9202-0 45 12
15841-9861-0 25 13 15881-9303-0 45 11
15841-9862-0 25 13 1603/0001 63 14
15841-9863-0 25 13 1603/0003 66 37
15841-9864-0 25 13 1606/0017 66 16
15841-9865-0 25 13 16221-5442-0 28 1
15841-9866-0 25 13 16241-0555-0 6 3
15841-9867-0 25 13 16241-0555-0 42 2
15841-9868-0 25 13 16241-3351-0 6 2
15841-9869-0 25 13 16241-9602-0 40 16
15841-9870-0 25 13 16241-9602-0 42 1
15841-9871-0 25 13 16245-9154-0 24 22
15841-9872-0 25 13 16261-1333-0 11 23
15841-9873-0 25 13 16261-1354-0 11 25
15841-9874-0 25 13 16264-52140 17 2
15841-9875-0 25 13 16264-52140 22 3
15841-9876-0 25 13 16264-8334-2 5 11
15841-9877-0 25 13 16265-9667-0 17 5
15841-9878-0 25 13 16265-9667-0 21 6
15841-9879-0 25 13 16299-33670 32 6
15841-9880-0 25 13 16415-6551-2 36 2
15841-9881-0 25 13 16475-5328-0 25 10
15841-9882-0 25 13 16540-6426-0 45 4
15841-9883-0 25 13 16540-9201-0 45 27
15841-9884-0 25 13 16541-4321-0 34 14
15841-9885-0 25 13 16541-4333-0 34 15
0122-222
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-223
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
1C010-0456-0 3 9 1C010-2198-0 19 3
1C010-0468-0 20 6 1C010-2198-0 9 11
1C010-0512-0 6 6 1C010-2214-0 9 12
1C010-0520-0 6 4 1C010-2330-0 9 6
1C010-1182-0 16 16 1C010-2353-0 18 1
1C010-1182-0 12 3 1C010-2353-0 9 10
1C010-1235-2 16 4 1C010-2354-0 18 3
1C010-1235-2 31 7 1C010-2354-0 9 9
1C010-1311-3 11 29 1C010-2395-0 18 1
1C010-1312-2 11 28 1C010-2396-0 18 1
1C010-1315-0 16 6 1C010-2397-0 18 3
1C010-1315-0 11 26 1C010-2398-0 18 3
1C010-1316-0 16 5 1C010-2401-2 8 11
1C010-1316-0 11 18 1C010-2402-2 8 1
1C010-1324-0 11 27 1C010-2411-2 9 4
1C010-1348-2 11 24 1C010-2425-0 8 15
1C010-1349-0 11 20 1C010-2436-0 8 2
1C010-1356-0 11 19 1C010-2437-0 8 14
1C01014020 11 9 1C010-2452-0 8 16
1C01014050 11 8 1C010-2498-0 8 17
1C010-1415-0 11 3 1C010-2498-2 8 12
1C010-1435-0 11 2 1C010-3211-0 21 11
1C010-1443-0 11 13 1C010-3229-2 14 1
1C010-1450-6 6 8 1C010-3288-0 5 14
1C010-1452-0 16 3 1C010-3308-0 6 18
1C010-1452-0 6 11 1C010-3332-0 10 11
1C010-1511-0 8 4 1C010-3364-0 3 15
1C010-1617-5 24 8 1C010-3365-0 3 12
1C010-1621-0 24 13 1C010-3507-0 5 17
1C010-1622-0 17 1 1C010-3513-0 5 18
1C010-1622-0 24 12 1C010-3563-0 9 3
1C010-1627-0 8 9 1C010-3641-2 21 2
1C010-1651-2 8 10 1C010-3642-2 21 3
1C010-2131-0 19 4 1C010-3692-2 5 5
1C010-2131-0 9 15 1C010-3695-0 5 6
0122-224
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-225
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
1C010-8315-0 13 2 1C020-2297-2 18 4
1C010-8335-0 13 7 1C020-2347-0 18 2
1C010-9101-0 44 13 1C020-2347-0 9 8
1C010-9102-0 6 12 1C020-2391-0 18 2
1C010-9103-0 31 1 1C020-2392-0 18 2
1C010-9103-0 5 12 1C020-2634-0 20 12
1C010-9104-0 5 9 1C020-5505-0 10 18
1C010-9110-0 21 9 1C020-5545-3 10 16
1C010-92020 24 33 1C020-7326-0 40 1
1C010-9202-0 27 13 1C020-7327-2 16 13
1C010-9451-0 10 27 1C020-7327-2 40 3
1C010-9601-0 3 4 1C020-9149-0 24 11
1C010-9602-0 5 4 1C020-9665-0 32 1
1C010-9616-0 3 5 1C020-9665-0 10 9
1C010-9696-0 13 1 1C020-9665-0 16 9
1C010-9696-0 13 8 1C020-9665-0 16 9
1C010-9696-0 17 7 1C040-0551-0 6 1
1C011-2105-0 19 1 1C040-1163-0 30 2
1C011-2105-0 9 1 1C040-1710-0 16 12
1C011-2109-0 19 1 1C040-1710-0 30 15
1C011-5510-4 10 3 1C040-1711-0 16 10
1C011-7301-0 40 4 1C040-1711-0 30 6
1C020-0331-0 4 6 1C040-3304-0 32 3
1C020-0360-0 4 6 1C040-3306-3 32 10
1C020-0361-0 4 6 1C040-3321-2 3 6
1C020-0401-0 5 16 1C040-33670 16 8
1C020-0414-0 17 12 1G031-5421-0 28 4
1C020-0414-0 5 10 1G031-5421-0 28 7
1C020-1346-3 11 21 1G513-3655-0 21 4
1C020-1431-0 11 6 1G517-0461-0 20 11
1C020-1632-2 24 18 1G517-2501-0 20 8
1C020-2231-2 9 13 1G517-5615-0 27 7
1C020-2233-2 18 4 1G520-2301-0 9 5
1C020-2233-2 9 1G521-9601-0 40 6
1C020-2296-2 18 4 1G521-9602-0 40 12
0122-226
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-227
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
2203/0071 83 4 31912 60 12
2203/0071 86 4 32/902200 66 27
2203/1104 64 5 320563 58 29
2203/1115 67 3 322135 26 2
2203/1115 68 5 322136 26 3
2203/1115 69 14 322539 40 8
2203/1115 70 3 3225T8 62 9
22785 58 31 3253460 54 3
23504 52 9 3-28-537 73 7
23505 52 6 32902 58 12
2383154 101 26 32903 58 35
2403/0221 64 18 32980 54 6
2403/0244 64 13 331/12043 63 8
24059 49 29 331/31560 69 8
2411-001-2405 60 7 331/38655 68 11
25/103001 63 31 33430-8276-0 32 9
25/104700 63 4 3-3-508KX 73 4
25/105100 63 29 3398826 95 1
26392 29 3 3-40-1491 73 5
284392-4 49 37 34128 58 34
297020 49 5 344106-1 57 4
29L4 74 5 344111-1 58 21
3.50-.083X15.079 73 6 344113-1 57 6
3-0188 73 8 344113-1 58 23
3-0188 73 11 344273-1 57 9
302273 38 12 345256-1 57 10
3042T79 38 8 347887-3 57 1
305732 104 5 3492454 61 5
30645T659 101 28 35/100801 63 30
308400 39 26 35423-049 61 25
30R20 29 13 35466-7446-0 30 1
31535 60 18 35999-1766-0 45 10
3177-3 58 8 37 020 009 4 95 5
3177-3 60 13 37 570 971 4 95 14
3186667 95 13 371008610 101 1
0122-228
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-229
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
445/26108 70 2 450/10208 83 7
445/30007 69 9 450/10208 86 7
445/30011 67 11 450/12703 78 33
445/30011 69 24 450/12703 79 33
445/30011 70 11 450/12703 83 24
445/31301 63 17 450/12703 86 24
445/32501 63 13 450445 33 4
445/40203 67 20 45089-10 87 20
445/40203 70 23 45089-11 87 15
445/40204 67 22 45089-12 87 28
445/40204 70 21 458/10743 75 15
445/64701 64 9 458/10766 80 1
448/04802 75 10 458/11153 85 4
448/05402 76 7 458/11162 84 20
448/05405 76 1 458/11164 82 1
448/56282 82 2 458/11165 82 6
449/01700 66 36 458/20281 78 21
449/02102 63 7 458/20281 79 21
449/10002 67 18 458/20286 78 20
449/10002 70 18 458/20286 79 20
449/10003 67 5 458/20356 84 2
449/10003 70 5 458/20357 83 2
449/10501 67 10 458/20357 86 2
449/10501 70 10 458/20358 83 3
449/10812 69 21 458/20358 86 3
449/10900 68 12 458/20403 78 24
449/10900 69 7 458/20403 79 24
449/11370 67 23 458/20403 83 23
449/11370 70 22 458/20403 86 23
449/11451 65 4 458/20492 77 4
449/13240 63 6 458/20503 83 18
45 400 92 941 29 10 458/20503 86 18
45/908300 63 26 458/20504 83 20
450/10208 78 10 458/20504 86 20
450/10208 79 10 458/20658 75 5
0122-230
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-231
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
475/48901 49 16 48046 89 10
475/50712 49 18 48051 89 22
47510 81 8 48053 88 8
47516 73 10 48056 95 8
47627 71 13 48259 71 9
47628 71 11 48260 71 7
47640 48 24 48261 93 4
47646 48 23 48262 93 3
47656-2 37 14 48276 49 33
47656-3 37 21 48278 49 24
47701 87 12 48361 87 23
47707 87 13 48362 87 22
47739 61 3 48370 89 2
47895 38 9 48838 87 31
0122-232
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
49071 52 5 49921 62 1
49077 52 3 49922 62 12
49084 62 5 4997245A162243 88 2
49116 61 26 4HB605 58 13
0122-233
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
4JBTXSS 87 30 672-0239-00 49 26
5/16-A035840 88 11 68011-5116-0 6 13
512K 39 18 68271-6591-0 15 9
5160X 73 3 68271-6592-0 15 10
517200 38 4 68900652 41 1
52235 51 8 68900653 41 3
525F 38 2 69300001 39 10
525F 61 4 6C040-8269-0 47 6
525H-L-9004-12V 50 7 70-169 49 44
52772 50 2 7036K32 58 30
5346K12 33 15 7036K35 58 10
5388K14 33 5 7036K73 58 17
5388K14 35 6 704/30500 63 2
5406-16-8 71 5 708835 89 14
5406-P-4 39 14 7752K211 52 7
5500 102 2 7752K212 52 4
5504930-1 49 36 79000625 39 8
553/60189 94 3 7HR366 60 9
0122-234
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-235
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
826/01084 76 4 9004 50 8
826/01084 84 19 90040A032 73 18
826/01343 78 35 90185A621 87 1
826/01343 79 35 90272A540 49 30
826/01417 66 29 90272A540 101 11
826/01434 75 18 90272A540 48 21
826/01551 66 33 904/05100 66 31
826/01585 80 5 904/06500 75 3
826/01585 85 5 904/09300 77 2
826/11555 76 11 904/14300 64 14
826/11555 84 22 904/50009 75 9
828/00208 78 30 904/50009 78 28
828/00208 79 30 904/50009 79 28
828/00224 67 24 904/50011 75 17
828/00224 68 4 904/50020 67 13
828/00224 69 5 904/50020 68 2
828/00224 70 24 904/50020 69 16
828/00231 69 4 904/50020 70 13
828/00238 78 9 904/50023 63 10
828/00238 79 9 904/50023 76 9
828/00238 83 10 904/50023 84 23
828/00238 86 10 904/50033 78 23
828/00376 63 3 904/50033 79 23
828/00414 67 14 904/50033 83 22
828/00414 68 13 904/50033 86 22
828/00414 69 6 90413 96 5
828/00414 70 14 90631A011 37 11
828/10222 66 35 90631A411 89 18
828904-1 57 3 907/09000 76 13
830/11256 63 16 907/09000 84 9
831/00113 69 20 907/09100 76 8
8880218 73 9 907/09100 84 16
8946K33 29 11 907/09200 76 2
8KP461 57 7 907/09200 84 3
8KP461 58 24 907/20031 64 1
0122-236
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-237
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0122-238
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-239
0122 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
MS35206-248 49 10 MS51922-33 2 12
MS35206-248 49 34 MS51922-33 73 16
MS35206-265 89 1 MS51922-9 51 5
MS35206-283 37 3 MS51943-13 98 6
MS35206-283 49 22 MS51943-35 91 6
MS35206-283 100 4 MS51957-100 29 4
MS35206-283 101 5 MS51967-14 89 29
MS35206-284 87 19 MS51968-4 37 7
MS35207-263 49 15 MS51968-8 88 9
MS35207-264 49 8 MS51975-31 89 21
MS35207-268 89 5 MS9024-24 61 10
MS35207-270 89 26 MS90725-10 51 9
MS35298-89 73 19 MS90725-10 101 21
MS35335-34 51 4 MS90725-111 87 37
MS35338-28 39 25 MS90725-14 49 21
MS35338-44 49 32 MS90725-31 103 7
MS35338-44 101 40 MS90725-34 37 16
MS35338-44 103 3 MS90725-34 38 7
MS35338-45 37 8 MS90725-34 51 3
MS35338-45 71 3 MS90725-34 88 13
MS35338-45 95 7 MS90725-34 89 15
MS35339-27 72 4 MS90725-34 95 15
MS35339-29 39 22 MS90725-34 103 9
MS35340-50 98 10 MS90725-40 87 26
MS35649-2312 101 34 MS90725-62 91 5
MS35690-1204 2 13 MS90725-62 101 25
MS35690-1204 99 4 MS90725-64 35 9
MS35690-502 71 1 MS90725-64 87 11
MS35690-704 98 2 MS90725-64 101 37
MS35691-626 87 47 N16353BP 91 2
MS35842-12 41 2 NAF1 49 31
MS51525A6-8 96 4 NAF3 89 3
MS51527A12 95 11 NAN1 49 23
MS51527A6 87 21 NAN1 51 6
MS51922-25 39 15 NAN1 100 3
0122-240
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0122 00
0122-241/242 blank
CHAPTER7
SUPPORTINGINFORMATION
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0123 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
REFERENCES
Scope
This work package lists all field manuals, forms, technical manuals and miscellaneous publications referenced in
this manual.
Field Manuals
FM 4-25.11 First Aid for Soldiers
Forms
AR 700-138 Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability
DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet
DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms
DA Form 5988-E Equipment Maintenance and Inspection Worksheet
DA PAM 750-8 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual
DA PAM 738-751 Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management Systems –
Aviation (TAMMS-A)
SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report
0123-1/2 blank
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0124 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)
INTRODUCTION
The Army Maintenance System MAC
This introduction provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at the two
maintenance levels under the Two-Level Maintenance System concept.
This MAC (immediately following the introduction) designates overall authority and responsibility for the
performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the
maintenance functions to the end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the
designated maintenance levels, which are shown on the MAC in column (4) as:
Field – includes two sub-columns, Crew (C) and Maintainer (F)
Sustainment – includes two sub-columns, Below Depot (H) and Depot (D).
The maintenance to be performed at field and sustainment levels is described as follows:
1. Crew maintenance. The responsibility of a using organization to perform maintenance on its assigned
equipment. It normally consists of inspecting, servicing, lubricating, adjusting, and replacing parts, minor
assemblies, and subassemblies. The replace function for this level of maintenance is indicated by the
letter "C" in the third position of the SMR code. A "C" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code
indicates complete repair is possible at the crew maintenance level.
2. Maintainer maintenance. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly,
subassembly, plug-in unit, or other portion either on the system or after it is removed. The replace
function for this level of maintenance is indicated by the letter "F" appearing in the third position of the
SMR code. An "F" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is possible
at the field maintenance level. Items are returned to the user after maintenance is performed at this level.
3. Below depot sustainment. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly,
subassembly, plug-in unit, or other portion either on the system or after it is removed. The replace
function for this level of maintenance is indicated by the letter "H" appearing in the third position of the
SMR code. An "H" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is possible
at the below depot sustainment maintenance level. Items are returned to the supply system after
maintenance is performed at this level.
4. Depot sustainment. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly, subassembly,
plug-in unit, or other portion either on the system or after it is removed. The replace function for this level
of maintenance is indicated by the letter "D" or "K" appearing in the third position of the SMR code. Depot
sustainment maintenance can be performed by either depot personnel or contractor personnel. A "D" or
"K" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is possible at the depot
sustainment maintenance level. Items are returned to the supply systems after maintenance is performed
at this level.
The tools and test equipment requirements table (immediately following the MAC) lists the tools and test
equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for each maintenance function as referenced from
the MAC.
The remarks table (immediately following the tools and test equipment requirements) contains supplemental
instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function.
0124-1
0124 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Maintenance Functions
Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
1. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical
characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel). This
includes scheduled inspection, gauging and evaluation of cannon tubes.
2. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical
characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards on a scheduled
basis, i.e., load testing of lift devices and hydrostatic testing of pressure hoses.
3. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition; e.g., to clean
(includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants,
chemical fluids, or gases. This includes scheduled exercising and purging of recoil mechanisms. The
following are examples of service functions:
a. Unpack. To remove from packing box for service or when required for the performance of
maintenance operations.
b. Repack. To return item to packing box after service and other maintenance operations.
c. Clean. To rid the item of contamination.
d. Touch up. To spot paint scratched or blistered surfaces.
e. Mark. To restore obliterated identification.
4. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by
setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
5. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
6. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments of test,
measuring, and diagnostic equipment used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two
instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy
in the accuracy of the instrument being compared.
7. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other
maintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or xing into position a spare, repair
part, or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or
system.
8. Paint (ammunition only). To prepare and spray color coats of paint so that the ammunition can be
identified and protected. The color indicating primary use is applied, preferably, to the entire exterior
surface as the background color of the item. Other markings are to be repainted as original so as to retain
proper ammunition identification.
9. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. "Replace" is
authorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the third position code of the
Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code.
10. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting,
removal/installation, disassembly/assembly procedures and maintenance actions to identify troubles and
restore serviceability to an item by correcting speci c damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part,
subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.
NOTE
The following definitions are applicable to the "repair" maintenance function:
0124-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0124 00
11. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely
serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical
publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul
does not normally return an item to like new condition.
12. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a
like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of
material maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to
zero those age measurements (e.g., hours/miles) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.
Field:
C Crew maintenance
F Maintainer maintenance
Sustainment:
L Specialized Repair Activity (SRA)
H Below depot maintenance
D Depot maintenance
NOTE
The “L” maintenance level is not included in column (4) of the MAC. Functions to this level of maintenance are
identified by work time figure in the “H” column of column (4), and an associated reference code is used in the
REMARKS column (6). This code is keyed to the remarks and the SRA complete repair application is explained
there.
Column (5) Tools and Equipment Reference Code. Column (5) specifies, by code, those common tool sets (not
individual tools), common Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), and special tools, special
TMDE and special support equipment required to perform the designated function. Codes are keyed to the entries
in the tools and test equipment table.
Column (6) Remarks Code. When applicable, this column contains a letter code, in alphabetical order, which is
keyed to the remarks table entries.
0124-3
0124 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0124-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)
Table1.MaintenanceAllocationChart(MAC)
0125-1
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-3
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
06 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
0601 Alternator inspect 0.1 0.2
test 0.5
replace 0.7
0603 Starter inspect 0.1 0.2
test 0.5
replace 1.2
0607 Instrument Panel
Dash Panel Gauges Inspect 0.1 0.5
test 1.0
replace 1.5
Hourmeter inspect 0.1 0.5
replace 0.3
Ignition Switch inspect 0.1 0.2
test 0.2
Replace 0.4
Dash Panel Switches inspect 0.1 0.2
test 0.2
replace 1.5
Dash Panel Indicator Lights inspect 0.1 0.2
replace 1.0
Dash Panel Dimmer inspect 0.1 0.2
Rheostat
replace 1.0
0608 Miscellaneous Electrical none
Components
Transmission Shift Control inspect 0.1 0.2
0125-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-5
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-7
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-8
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-9
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-10
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
0125-11
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
INTRODUCTION
This section lists all common tools and supplements and special tools/fixtures needed to maintain the SATS.
0125-12
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
0125-13
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
(00NS2)
(36251)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
0125-14
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
(00NS2)
0125-15
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0125 00
Table 3. Remarks
(1) (2)
B Engine power pack maintenance mounts are local manufactured items and
must be procured prior to removal of engine power pack.
C Engine right front bottom isolator mount must be modified, see WP 0120 00.
0125-16
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0126 00
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists COEI and BII for the MT3 SATS Tow Vehicle to help you inventory items for safe
and efficient operation of the equipment.
General
The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists:
Components of End Item (COEI). This list is for information purposes only and is not authority to
requisition replacements. These items are part of the MT3 SATS Tow Vehicle. As part of the end item,
these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts.
Items of COEI are removed and separately packaged for transportation or shipment only when
necessary. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items.
Basic Issue Items (BII). These essential items are required to place the MT3 SATS Tow Vehicle in
operation, operate it, and to do emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be
with the MT3 SATS Tow Vehicle during operation and when it is transferred between property accounts.
Listing these items is your authority to request/requisition them for replacement based on authorization of
the end item by the TOE/MTOE. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items.
0126-1
0126 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Item 1 Item 2
Item 3 Item 4
0126-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0127 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
EXPENDABLES AND DURABLE ITEMS
SCOPE
This work package lists the expendable and durable items you will need to operate and maintain the 6K
forklift. This listing is for informational purposes only and is not authority to requisition the listed items.
These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V
Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
1. Column (1) - Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the
narrative instructions to identify the item [e.g., Use antifreeze (Item 1, WP 0025 00)].
2. Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
C - Operate/Crew
3. Column (3) - National Stock Number (NSN). This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use
to requisition it.
4. Column (4) - Description, Item Name, CAGEC, and Part Number. This provides the other
information you need to identify the item.
5. Column (5) - Unit of Measure (U/M). This code shows the physical measurement or count of an item,
such as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.
0127-1
0127 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
14 O DRYCLEANING SOLVENT:
MIL-PRF--680, Type II (81348)
6850-00-110-4498 1 Pint Can PT
6850-00-274-5421 5 Gallon Drum GAL
6850-00-285-8011 55 Gallon Drum GAL
6850-00-637-6135 Bulk GAL
0127-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0127 00
0127-3
0127 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0127-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0127 00
0127-5
0127 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
0127-6
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0128 00
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TORQUE LIMITS
WARNING
Shut off and tag out the vehicle before adjusting, lubricating, cleaning or otherwise servicing. Failure to do so
could result in an unexpected startup which could result in injury or death.
Keep maintenance area clean and dry. Oily and wet spots are slippery, greasy rags are a fire hazard, and wet
spots are dangerous around electrical equipment.
CAUTION
Using non-original replacement parts is not recommended. Their use may cause unit failure and/or affect vehicle
safety.
NOTE
Before attempting to repair the MT3 SATS, be familiar with the information on these pages.
U.S.BoltGrades
0128-1
0128 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
5/16 18 12 17 19 24 25 29
3/8 16 20 30 33 43 44 47
7/16 14 32 47 54 69 71 78
1/2 13 47 69 78 106 110 119
0128-2
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0128 00
1/4-28 (NF) 6 10 12 14
5/16-24 (NF) 12 19 24 29
3/8-24 (NF) 22 35 45 50
7/16-20 (NF) 34 55 70 80
0128-3
0128 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
MinimumTensile M6M16:800
1040 1220
StrengthMPa M20M30:830
Nominal Size and Bolt Torque Specs in Foot Pounds or (Inch Pounds)
Thread Pitch
DRY LUBED DRY LUBED DRY LUBED
M5x0.80 54 41 78 59 91 68
M6x1.00 92 69 133 99 156 116
M7x1.00 156 116 222 167 260 195
M8x1.25 225 169 333 242 377 284
M10x1.50 37 28 53 40 62 47
M12x1.75 65 49 93 69 108 81
M14x2.00 104 78 148 111 173 130
M16x2.00 161 121 230 172 269 202
M18x2.50 222 167 318 238 372 279
M20x2.50 314 235 449 337 525 394
M22x2.50 428 321 613 460 716 537
M24x3.00 543 407 776 582 908 681
M27x3.00 796 597 1139 854 1331 998
M30x3.50 1079 809 1543 1158 1804 1353
M33x3.50 1468 1101 2101 1576 2455 1842
M36x4.00 1886 1415 2699 2024 3154 2366
0128-4
TM 1-1740-221-13&P 0128 00
Table 6. 37°TUBEFITTINGS&PIPEFITTINGS
37°TUBEFITTINGS&PIPEFITTINGS
Dash# 37°Swivel 37°Flatsfrom ORingLock PipeDia. NPT NPTTurnsfrom
NutFtLbs FingerTight NutFt.lbs. (Inch) Ft.lbs. FingerTight
4 10 2 8 1/4 25 21/2
6 20 11/4 13 3/8 40 21/2
8 40 1 21 1/2 54 21/2
10 60 1 33 21/2
12 80 1 48 3/4 78 21/2
16 110 1 63 1 112 21/2
20 130 1 11/4 154 21/2
24 160 1 11/2 211 21/2
32 250 1 2 300 21/2
NOTE
Do not use these values if a different torque value is given for a specific procedure.
0128-5
0128 00 TM 1-1740-221-13&P
Engine Coolant 32°F and above 50/50 Ethylene Glycol Antifreeze/Water Mixture 2.4 gal (9.0 L)
0°C and above ASTM4985 GM6038M Specification
-25°F and below - 62/38 Ethylene Glycol Antifreeze/Water Mixture
32°C and below ASTM4985 GM6038M Specification
Engine Fuel 14°F and above - No. 2-D S500 or S15 (Diesel) 20 gal (76 L)
10°C and above
14°F and below - No. 1-D S500 or S15 (Diesel)
10°C and below
All JP-8 (meeting Nato Code F34) Jet-A1 (Meeting Nato
Code F35) (A reduction in power with jet fuels)
Engine Oil 77°F and above SAE30 or SAE10W-30 or SAE 15W-40 (Must meet 3.5 gal (13.2 L)
25°C and above MIL-L-2104C or API Classification CF or Higher)
32°F to 77°F 0°C SAE20 or SAE10W-30 or SAE 15W-40 (Must meet
to 25°C MIL-L-2104C or API Classification CF or Higher)
0128-6
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1022302
Distribution:
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
PART III -- REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location)(Include ZIP Code)
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command
ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
PART 1 -- ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPA V3.01
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command
ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
PART II -- REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
PART III -- REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
USAPA V3.01
The Metric System and Equivalents
Temperature (Exact)
PIN: 086554-000